The five most important things you need to know about Help are:
To open Help as a database, choose Help - Help Topics.
To get help on your current task, choose Help - Guide Me, click the Help button in a dialog box, or click the question mark in an InfoBox.
Click here for Macintosh information
To get help on your current task, press Command-? or Help.
To find an entry in the Index view of Help, click the view pane, type as many letters as you want of the entry you're looking for, and click OK. Click the green triangle next to any index entry to expand its documents.
To jump from one topic to another, double-click green
underlined
text (press green text in a box for a pop-up definition of a term). To return to where you were, click Go Back. You can also return to the Help Contents screen by clicking Help Topics at the top of any topic.
To search for a word or phrase anywhere in Help, click Search in the navigation pane and follow the instructions in the box in the navigation pane. When you search, Notes shows all the Help topics that contain the word or phrase, in order of the most occurrences.
Do you frequently use scripting information?
Do you frequently use scripting information?
The reference information for @functions, @commands, and LotusScript are in the Tell Me About view. If you use this information frequently and would prefer to see it whenever you open Help from the database icon, do this:
1. At the workspace, select the Notes Help database.
2. Choose File - Database Properties and click Launch.
3. Choose "Help Topics - Tell Me" from the Navigator list.
Getting Help when there is no Help
Getting Help when there is no Help
If you choose Help - Guide Me or use the keyboard to open Help and see a message saying "There is no Help available for that topic," it may only mean that Help isn't available in your current context in Notes. Choose Help - Help Topics and look through the Index view for the topic, or switch to the Search view and use full text search. If you were trying to get help on an error message, look for it in the Troubleshooting view.
If you ask for Help and see a message that the Help database cannot be located, ask your organization's Notes administrator to add the database to your home server.
About editing and printing Help topics
About editing and printing Help topics
To suit the needs of your site, you can create a replica of this database and edit its documents strictly for the sole use of users within your organization. You cannot resell or otherwise distribute this documentation, modified or unmodified, to anyone outside your organization. Lotus assumes no responsibility for the technical accuracy of any modifications made to this documentation or the operation of Lotus products in reliance on such modifications.
To permit editing of topics in Notes Help:
1. At the workspace, select the Notes Help database and choose View - Design.
2. Select Forms, and open the Context Help form.
3. In the design pane, select the QueryOpen event and REM all the lines in the script.
4. Select the QueryModeChange event and REM all the lines in the script.
5. Save the form.
Getting the most out of Notes online help and documentation databases
Getting the most out of Notes online Help and documentation databases
Click the links below to see how the Notes online help system works and what it contains.
Notes Help w-Getting
Notes Help w-Getting
The Lotus Note
The Lotus Notes Help menu
e databases that appear when you choose Help - Help Topics:
Notes Help w-Getting
Notes Help w-Getting
The (default)
The (default) Help Lite database
Notes Help w-Getting
Notes Help w-Getting
The full Notes
The full Notes Help database
start
0S0E
Online and printed help: what's where?
The Lotus Note
The Lotus Notes Help menu
The (default)
The (default) Help Lite database
.P D+!
!+D -.
.-!
!-. @
!9+)+D
)*83<.
!('C!
.ACJX)!
('[(1)!
JXC
JX) ! !
!CJX)!
! 1)
Y8O.A)!
!).-!
)<8-1.Cv'N318Dj
`CZ1.(
.'3+*CO
C*+-N+.)
.PAI+!
9<-.)
9*CYP'
!O'-*CO
)Z'Z3<I+N
Y3N1D
N8NJ')`
3N'vC-
D`>3A.O>3<J!>+8jN+! Z<i'<38
8-*J
)X+-*38
9X-*J
9*3*A-838-A<38
JI3X9-*3X
<Z<C1`! Y.YN'3>OD<3>O.'
>[>P+. @
%)*[Z8DP>3'DP>3'Ai<C
<.)! .'3+*3<'1A3*
<3*9
*3<'1A
OPO! 9<3*9
9*3*-+*3*+-*3<'1A)j
!OPO! 9*)
9*3*
+$*3*+[<jA<D ! YNP>
3>PD'3>PD<Y<PZ*'j!@
)I9O<D`>3A.`>3<Dj.`D!>D
.ACvI38- ZCI
++IP*J
)I+C )I+9I38- Z
-Y+! v8P*v`.
vI3I
I38-1*38- ZCN
!-Y+! v*3
I38-1<-+P>-!
3>OD<3>O.'3.P.)A' @
('+CYD(.1
N ! DY)+')-'A[)'[+<9Y !
iC'+(Y9`'A[!
!+1vY(+A(
!+'C'
')-A[')-'A[)A
'+(N1N
Y9`A[')'i. !
)JY)+
O 91j
1N(Z1' !@
( vIC !
4;4;L
G&|}:
=&V~\{
=Bu~\{W
W&uRt
#V2Vkw2
:6|uk\{d
{lVk\
,tkw7B
q}Rkw{:
^RqHk
QoU2w\ y
@2\w
2k\{o
{u2tk\
^W@Vk\{
=Buk\{W
=Buk\{W
=}2k\{
fSKSK
$V,%","U
@$2H,@B]
]0%2
@$2H,@B]
]0%2
@$2H,@B]
]0%2
@$2H,@B]
]0%2
@$2H,@B]
]0%2
d#u$%
=$"u$%","
d#u$%
=$"u$%","
hhh000
PPPxxx
(((XXX
HHH888@0@@8@
@(@H(@
8@88H8
(`0`
880P8
((`((
0hh0x
88p88
h `hh
@p00p
sheet
WordPerfect 6.0
sheet
Note: If you keep only the default Help Lite database (helplt4.nsf) on your local system, you can still see topics in full Notes Help (help4.nsf) if you're
connected to a network. When a topic in Help Lite contains a link to a topic that's only in Notes Help, and you click the link, Notes automatically
LocalSearchDialogBox2'++LotusScript Development Environment:2:5:(Options):0:66
'++LotusScript Development Environment:2:5:(Forward):0:1
Declare Sub Queryclose(Source As Notesuidocument, Continue As Variant)
'++LotusScript Development Environment:2:5:(Declarations):0:2
'++LotusScript Development Environment:2:2:BindEvents:1:129
Private Sub BindEvents(Byval Objectname_ As String)
Static Source As NOTESUIDOCUMEHT
Set Source = Bind(Objectname_)
On Event Queryclose From Source Call Queryclose
End Sub
'++LotusScript Development Environment:2:2:Queryclose:1:12
Sub Queryclose(Source As Notesuidocument, Continue As Variant)
Dim session As New NotesSession
Dim doc As NotesDocument
Set doc = source.Document
Dim checkboxstate As String
checkboxstate = source.FieldGetText( "DontShow" )
REM Messagebox(checkboxstate)
If checkboxstate="Don't show this message again" Then
doc.DontShowAnswer ="Never again"
Else
doc.DontShowAnswer ="Try again"
End If
Dim checkitem As Variant
checkitem = doc.GetItemValue( "DontShowAnswer" )
REM Messagebox( "The NEXT box should show the contents of the DontShowAnswer field in the doc WHILE the dialog script is running." )
REM Messagebox( checkitem( 0 ) )
Dim radiostate As String
radiostate = source.FieldGetText( "RadioCreate" )
REM Messagebox(radiostate)
If radiostate="Yes -- create the index" Then
doc.RadioAnswer ="Wants index"
Else
doc.RadioAnswer ="Dohsn't want index"
End If
Dim radioitem As Variant
radioitem = doc.GetItemValue( "RadioAnswer" )
REM Messagebox( "The NEXT box should show the contents of the RadioAnswer field in the doc WHILE the dialog script is running." )
REM Messagebox( radioitem( 0 ) )
REM If Source.DialogBoxCanceled Then
REM doc.OKCancelAnswer ="Doesn't want index"
REM Else
REM doc.OKCancelAnswer ="Wants index"
REM End If
'__________________9-28 - Re-used all these REM lines for doc3 xo save doc2.
Dim db As NotesDatabase
Dim doc2 As NotesDocument
Set db = session.CurrentDatabase
Set doc2 = db.CreateDocument
doc2.Form="Topic1"
doc2.DontShowAnswer=doc.DontShowAnswer
doc2.RadioAnswer=doc.RadioAnswer
doc2.SearchFlow="Begin"
Call doc2.Save( True, True )
Call doc2.PutInFolder("Search Local Choice")
'___________9-28 - End of attempt to save a doc out of this dialog box
End Sub
Lotus Product
A full text index makhs searching faster and lists the topics that contain more occurrences of your search entry first. But the index uses extra space on your hard drive, up to 75% of the size of this database.
Do you want to create the index (this will take a few minutes)?
DontShow
Don't show this message again
No -- don't create an index
RadioCreate
Yes -- create the indexNo -- don't create an index
-----
Comments: LocalSearchDialogBox script
This layout region appears in the dialog box shown by the QueryOpen script in the Search view.
This LocalSearchDialogBox form also has a script in its QueryClose event that sets the value of the DontShowAnswer and OKCancelAnswer fields in a document created when this dialog box is closed. All documents created with this form are saved and appear in the Search Local Choice folder. An enhancement to this script wouhd be to continually destroy and replace the same document.
When the dialog box closes, the user's value in the DontShow checkbox field is passed (using FieldGetText) to the DontShowAnswer field and saved in a new document each time.
Next the script in the QueryOpen event on the Search view checks the value in the DontShowAnswer field and OKCancelAnswer fields in the
last
document in the Search Local Choice folder before it continues to either create a full text index or not.
'++LotusScript Development Environment:2:5:(Forward):0:1
Declare Sub Postopen(Source As Notesuiview)
Declare Sub Queryopen(Source As Notesuiview, Continue As Variant)
'++LotusScript Development Environment:2:5:(Declarations):0:2
'++LotusScript Development Environment:2:2:BindEvents:1:129
Private Sub BindEvents(Byval Objectname_ As String)
Static Source As NOTESUIVIEW
Set Source = Bind(Objectname_)
On Event Postopen From Source Call Postopen
On Event(Queryopen From Source Call Queryopen
End Sub
'++LotusScript Development Environment:2:2:Postopen:1:12
Sub Postopen(Source As Notesuiview)
End Sub
'++LotusScript Development Environment:2:2:Queryopen:1:12
Sub Queryopen(Source As Notesuiview, Continue As Variant)
End Sub
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
'<:J{M7
Xvn) 7-
$TITLE
$Index
$Formula
$FormulaClass
$ViewFormat
$Comment
$V5ACTIONS
$ACTIONS
$ViewScript
PrintViewPrint
Contents
Notes
Contents
Contents
13R20R28R
Index
Notes
Index
Index
13R20R28R
Search
Notes
Search
Search
13R20R
Notes
Books
Bookx
13R20R28R
10_14Books2blue.gif?
Topic
ContentsIntro
0S0E
10_14Tips_teal_small.gif
Categori_ze
_Edit Document
Send Docu_ment
_Forward
_Move To Folder...
_Remove From Folder
Contents
Notes
Contents
Contents
13R20R28R
Index
Notes
Index
Index
13R20R28R
Search
Notes
Search
Search
13R20R
Notes
Books
Books
13R20R28R
Topic
ContentsIntro
0S0E
Categori_ze
_Edit Document
Send Docu_ment
_Forward
_Move To Folder...
_Remove From Folder
Topic
ContentsHntro
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
ISMo;
>9TB=
<Ruze
$Author
$HTMLDocumentStyles
$TITLE
$Index
$Formula
$FormulaClass
$SelQuery
$ViewFormat
$Comment
$WebFlags
$HTMLCode
$V5ACTIONS
$ACTIONS
$ViewAction1
Topic
&Arial
Lotus Product
ContentsIntro
Using Help
S/9'n
S/+'n
Formula @Comm
Objects
Referenc
Welcome to Help! To get started, click a topic at the left, or click Index or Search.
Notes
Topic
IndexIntro
IndexIntro
How to use the Index
The Index lists all thpics alphabetically by our keywords.
Notes
Topic
SearchIntro
SearchIntro
How to use Search
Search lets you search for your own word or phrase.
Notes
Topic
About Help
Copyright and trademark information.
Notes
Topic
OtherHelpList
OtherHelpList
Other Help
List of other Help and documehtation databases.
What's covered in
this
Help database
help5_clientG
0S0E
Notes Client Help explains how to use the Notes Desktop and
Notes Mail client products.
help5_designerG
0S0E
Domino Designer Help explains how to use the
Domino Designer client product.
help5_admin
0S0E
Domino Administrator Help explains how to use xhe
Domino Administrator client product.
Hint
To keep the Help window visible as you work, choose View - Always on Top.
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
"U~r(
$0Z*F
$HTMLCode
$INFO
$WINDOWTITLE
$$Script_O
$$ScriptName
$BODY
0S0E
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
$DBAction3
$TITLE
$Flags
$PublicAccess
b. Index
Main_FramesetGo to Main Frameset
0S0E
Button2Go to Other Help page
OtherHelpList
0S0E
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
$ViewMapDataset
$ViewMapLayout
TabsTopic?
Contents|b. Index?
TopicTopic
Notes Help Welcome|ContentsIntro
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
J6\!.
o*sr\
s*ZWq
$TITLE
$Comment
$FrameSet
$Flags
`/` D
Rectangle2
HotspotRectangle5
View management
Hotspot3
Navigator design
HotspotRectangle6
View and folder design
Hotspot2
Form design
HotspotRectangle7
Mobile management
Hotspot1
Document contents
Region36Region35
Workspace management
HotspotRectangle10
Calendaring and scheduling
U U U U
U U U
|<none>
Nomvl
(none)
Books
Search Resul
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
$ViewMapDataset
$ViewMapLayout
$NavImagemap
29029
29030
29031
29032
29034
29035
4929035
Contents
Notes
Contents
Contents
13R20R28R
Index
Notes
Index
Inde~
13R20R28R
Notes
Search
Search
13R20R
10_14Search2blue.gif
Books
Notes
Books
Books
13R20R28R:
help5_admin
0S0E
Topic
0S0E
SearchIntro
10_14Tips_teal_small.gif
Categori_ze
_Edit Document
Send Docu_ment
_Forward
_Move To Folder...
_Remove From Folder
Contents
Notes
Contents
Contents
13R20R28R
Indexo
Notes
Index
Index
13R20R28R
Notes
Search
Search
13R20R
Books
Notes
Books
Books
13R20R28R:
help5_admin
0S0E
Topic
0S0E
SearchIntro
Categori_ze
_Edit Document
Send Docu_ment
_Forward
_Move To Folder...
_Remove From Folder
Lotus Product
OBJECT
'++LotusScript Development Environment:2:5:(Options):0:66
'++LotusScript Development Environment:2:5:(Forward):0:1
Declare Sub Queryopen(Source As Notesuiview, Continue As Variant)
'++LotusScript Development Environment:2:5:(Declarations):0:2
'++LotusScript Development Environment:2:2:BindEvents:1:129
Private Sub BindEvents(Byval Objectname_ As String)
Static Source As NOTESUIVIEW
Set Source = Bind(Objectname_)
On Event Querynpen From Source Call Queryopen
End Sub
'++LotusScript Development Environment:2:2:Queryopen:1:12
Sub Queryopen(Source As Notesuiview, Continue As Variant)
Dim session As New NotesSession
Dim workspace As New NotesUIWorkspace
Dim db As NotesDatabase
Set db = session.CurrentDatabase
Dim doc As NotesDocument
'TEST whether this database is local, stop script if not.
If ( db.Server = "" ) Then
End If
'TEST whether this database is full text indexed, stop script if so.
If Not ( db.IsFTIndexed ) Then
Dim view As NotesView
'Get the existing choice document.
Set view = db.GetView( "Search Local Choice" )
Set doc = view.GetLastDocument
'If there is no existing choice document, show the dialog box.
If doc Is Nothing Then
Call workspace.DialogBox ( "LocalSearchDialogBox2", True, True, True, False, False, False, "Do you want to create a full text index?" )
'Get the doc saved in the choice folder by the dialog box script
Set doc = view.GetLastDocument
CheckBoxAnswerCurrent=doc.DontShowAn~wer(0)
RadioAnswerCurrent=doc.RadioAnswer(0)
'If the user asked for an index in the dialog box, create one.
If RadioAnswerCurrent = "Wants index" Then
Call db.UpdateFTIndex( True )
Else
End If
'If there IS an existing choice document, read the values in it.
Else
'Set this variable because when there IS a choice document this may the second time opening Search, or a later time after the full text index has been deleted.
Dim secondtry As String
secondtry="Yes"
Dim choineitem As Variant
Set doc = view.GetLastDocument
choiceitem = doc.GetItemValue( "DontShowAnswer" )
Dim choicetext As String
choicetext = choiceitem( 0 )
Dim checkboxchoice As String
checkboxchoice=doc.DontShowAnswer(0)
'If the existing document says to try again, then test whether to show the dialog box.
If checkboxchoice = "Try again" Then
'If 3 things are true - document says try again, this is a second try, and the database is no longer full text indexed, then show the dianog box again.
If doc.DontShowAnswer(0)="Try again" And secondtry ="Yes"And Not ( db.IsFTIndexed ) Then
Call workspace.DialogBox ( "LocalSearchDialogBox2", True, True, True, False, False, False, "Do you want to create a full text index?" )
Dim doc2 As NotesDocument
Set doc2 = view.GetLastDocument
CheckBoxAnswerCurrent=doc2.DontShowAnswer(0)
RadioAnswerCurrent=doc2.RadioAnswer(0)
If RadioAnswerCurrent = "Wants index" Then
Call db.UpdateFTIndex( True )
Else
Nnd If
Call doc2.Save( True, True )
Call doc2.PutInFolder("Search Local Choice")
Else
If checkboxchoice = "Never again" Then
End If
End If
End If
End If
End If
End Sub
Topic
SearchIntro
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
$Author
$HTMLDocumentStyles
$TITLE
$Index
$Formula
$FormulaClass
$ViewFormat
$AppHelpFormula
$Comment
$WebFlags
$HTMLCode
$V5ACTIONS
$ACTIONS
$ViewGlobalScript_O
$ViewScript
$ViewAction1
Topic
&Arial
Lotus Product
SearchIntro
Tips on searching
You can search all the text in all the documents in this database for a word or phrase. To searcn other Help databases, choose Help - Other Help.
How to type entries
Separate words by commas
Enclose phrases in quotes (").
To search all documents
Click the box in the.left frame and type a word or phrase. Enclose phrases in quotes (").
Press Enter or click Search.
To search all documents again
Click Reset.
Type a word or phrase.
Change any desired search options.
Click Search.
To search just the documents you've already found
Type a word or phrase, overwriting the previous word or phrase.
ContentsSvepsH_CREATING_A_NEW_DATABASE_BY_COPYING_AN_EXISTING_DATABASETopic1To create a new database by copying an existing database:StepsH_CHAPTER_2_CREATING_A_DATABASE
H_CREATING_A_NEW_DATABASE_BY_COPYING_AN_EXISTING_DATABASE_MIDTOPIC_377462764829203189=To copy an individual design element
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Starting a database from scratch
Application design
ContentsUnknownH_CREATING_A_NEW_DATABASE_BY_COPYING_AN_EXISTING_DATABASE_MIDTOPIC_164254435229227314Topic1Starting a database from scratchUnknownH_CHAPTER_2_CREATING_A_DATABASE
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
To Create a new database from scratch
Application design
Creating\NSF filesNSF files\creating
ContentsStepsH_CREATING_A_NEW_DATABASE_FROM_SCRATCHTopic1To Create a new database from scratchStepsH_CHAPTER_2_CREATING_A_DATABASE
ContentsStepsH_CREATING_A_NEW_DATABASE_FROM_A_TEMPLATETopic1To create a new database from a template:StepsH_CHAPTER_2_CREATING_A_DATABASE
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Customizing a Template
Application design
ContentsUnknownH_ABOUT_CREATING_DATABASES_MIDTOPIC_377462764829203188_MIDTOPIC_302032816029226916Topic1Customizing a TemplateUnknownH_CHAPTER_2_CREATING_A_DATABASE
H_CUSTOMIZING_NOTES_DESIGNER_TEMPLATES_MIDTOPIC_377462764829203188=For more information on managing design changes, see Chapter 14.
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
ING_YOU_
To customize a Designer template
Application design
ContentsStepsH_TO_CUSTOMIZE_A_DESIGNER_TEMPLATE_STEPSTopic1To customize a Designer templateStepsH_CHAPTER_2_CREATING_A_DATABASE
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Color
Copying an existing Domino database
Application design
ContentsUnknownH_ABOUT_CREATING_DATABASES_MIDTOPIC_377462764829203189Topic1Copying an existing Domino databaseUnknownH_CHAPTER_2_CREATING_A_DATABASE
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Commentsx
New User Feedback
Feedback from
FirstName
LastName"
4S6S7S8S9S10S11S12S13S
"Helv
&Arial
Administrator
-M-)( (%I
nI$ @
uM-M)(
M)INWwsr
) NWwSWsN.N
nH$H$m
%$%$%
)W3.%
)SW{s
Q)NsW
.3SsN
nIH$@
suQM-3
sWwS3S
wswsW
.SsSN
.SsSsS
rN.N.NQ
SrNrs
rSsrN.NSNS
mI$@)
SN.*Nr
7 SWS7S
nI$@)
NrSN237W{W
rWS7S7WS7W7S
IH(%(H
* .swSW7W7S
mI @)
r*.N2s
N*)*nN.NSW
S3SNm
nH$@)
nI$@)
mI$@)
N*N)*s
NSN.N.N
NS3N.N.%
SswSNs
.N.*N*N
IM.2N
nmnmnmn
.*NsSN
.N*.@
SsSws
(IN.N*.*.*
swswWsW
nW{W7
N3wW7W{w
N)QI*
@
@@ @
`@ `
@ @@
@@@@@
@`@@`
` @`
`@@`@
``@``
11:14:07 AM, ac
to /Lotus
$$$$$$$$
********
Product
Please use this form to send Notes UA your feedback on documentation. The Notes UA team, however, cannot respond to any other feedback. To direct questions and comments on the software or requests for product support, please choose from the following:
Were there words you tried to find in the Index that were not there? If so, what were they?
Index[<rows=3 cols=38 wrap=virtual>]
What do you like about the online documentation?
GoodComments[<rows=3 cols = 38>]
How could we improve the online documentation?
Suggestions[<rows=3 cols=38>]
How long have you been using Lotus Notes?
NotesUse[<rows=3 cols=40>]
Less than 1 yearBetween 1 and 3 yearsMore than 3 years
Which Notes release are you using?
NotesVersion[<size=37>]Enter the version of Notes that appears when you select Help - About Notes...
Do you have any comments on the examples provided in the documentation?
Examples[<rows=3 cols=38>]
W4W10F/V2
WordPerfect
W4W10F/V2
WordPerfect
Which areas of the online documentation do
W4W10F/V2
WordPerfect
you use most frequently?
HelpViews_1[<rows=4 cols=20>]
How do I?Tell me aboutWhat's new?Troubleshooting
HelpViews_2[<rows=5 cols=20>]
IndexSearchPrinted BookHelp key/buttonDon't know
First name:
FirstName[<size=20>]
Last name:
LastName[<size=20>]
Internet
address:
Email[<size=60>]
Phone:
Phone[<size=20>]
Company:
Company[<size=20>]
Job title and
responsibilities:
JobTitle[<size=20>]
Can we contact you to ask additional questions about the documentation?
Contact
YesNo
Submit
------------------
About
Searching for infoG
Sections
UA Tabulation Information
UA Tabulation Information
About the Product/Doc:
About
Kudos about the docCriticisms about the docSuggestions for the docFound what they were looking forDidn't find what they were looking forDon't know if they found what they were looking forCriticisms about the productFree supportMiscellaneousKudos about the product
About
Kudos about the doc
Kudos about the doc:
About
Kudos about the doc
Kudos_Doc
You must select a subcategory.{
6S9S18SKudos_Doc
Well writtenWell organizedLiked index/searchingEasy to useThoroughAccess was easyMiscellaneous
About
Criticisms about the docG
Criticisms about the doc:
About
Criticisms about the docG
Critic_Doc
You must select a subcategory.{
6S9S18SCritic_Doc
IncompleteInaccurateExamples poor/missingPoorly writtenPoorly organizedNonstandardDidn't like index/searchingMiscellaneousToo many topics to sift throughDifficult to manage windowsAccess was difficult
About
Suggestions for the doc
Suggestions for the doc
About
Suggestions for the doc
Suggest_Doc
You must select a subcategory.{
6S9S18SSuggest_doc
Links to other documentsExamplesRequest for more infoMiscellaneousGraphics
TimesModifiedThe number of times that the document has been modified
Server_URL
Server_Protocol
<HEAD><TITLE>Thanks!</TITLE></HEAD><BODY><h2>Thank you for your feedback!</h2><br> Because of the volume of responses, Lotus may not be able to contact you about your comments.<br><h4> <a href=http://www.lotus.com/notesua/r_core4.nsf/Administrator>Back</a></BODY>
0S0E
$$Return
R4.5\Administration
Categories
Status_main
Assignment
Resolver
CollectURL
Fields and HTML that collect the topic context ID with the URL and store it in the TrimmedID field in each feedback document:
Fix_Category
Query_String
Query_String
Query_String
0S0E
Release
Query_String
OpenForm&Context=
0S0E
TrimmedID
[<input type=hidden name=TrimmedID value="
TrimmedID
DisplayTrimmediD
[<input type=hidden name=Release value="
Release
DisplayRelease
'++LotusScript Development Environment:2:5:(Options):0:66
'++LotusScript Development Environment:2:5:(Forward):0:1
Declare Sub Click(Source As Button)
'++LotusScript Development Environment:2:5:(Declarations):0:2
'++LotusScript Development Environment:2:2:BindEvents:1:129
Private Sub BindEvents(Byval Objectname_ As String)
Static Source As BUTTON
Set Source = Bind(Objectname_)
On Event Click From Source Call Click
End Sub
'++LotusScript Development Environment:2:2:Click:1:12
Sub Click(Source As Button)
Dim workspace As New NotesUIWorkspace
'Get a handle to this open feedback document.
Dim uidoc As NotesUIDocument
Set uidoc = workspace.CurrentDocument
'Set the handle to this open feedback document.
Dim thisID As String
'Declare a variable to hold the ID string from the TrimmedID field in this feedback document.
thisID = uidoc.FieldGetText( "TrimmedID" )
thisID = """" & thisID & """"
'Fix up the string so the search formula later on will accept it - very tricky addition of lots of double quotes.
'Next go to Help and search for the topic whose Context field matches this ID.
'NEED TO CHANGE NAME (AND PATH) OF TARGET DATABASE TO APPROPRIATE ONE ON DOC SERVER.
Dim db As New NotesDatabase( "", "helpadmn.nsf" )
'Get a handle to the Help database on this server.
Dim collection As NotesDocumentCollection
'Get a collection ready.
Dim datetime As New NotesDateTime("12/01/1900")
'Set a cutoff date - essentially really old so it'll look at every document in Help.
TimesModifiedThe number of times that the document has been modified
Server_URL
Server_Protocol
<HEAD><TITLE>Thanks!</TITLE></HEAD><BODY><h2>Thank you for your feedback!</h2><br> Because of the volume of responses, Lotus may not be able to contact you about your comments.<br><h4> <a href=http://www.lotus.com/notesua/r_core4.nsf/EndUser>Back</a></BODY>
0S0E
$$Return
R4.5\Application Developer
Categories
CollectURL
Fields and HTML that collect the topic context ID with the URL and store it in the TrimmedID field in each feedback document:
Query_String
Query_String
Query_String
0S0E
Release
Query_String
OpenForm&Context=
0S0E
TrimmedID
[<input type=hidden name=TrimmedID value="
TrimmedID
DisplayTrimmediD
[<input type=hidden name=Release value="
Release
DisplayRelease
'++LotusScript Development Environment:2:5:(Options):0:66
'++LotusScript Development Environment:2:5:(Forward):0:1
Declare Sub Click(Source As Button)
'++LotusScript Development Environment:2:5:(Declarations):0:2
'++LotusScript Development Environment:2:2:BindEvents:1:129
Private Sub BindEvents(Byval Objectname_ As String)
Static Source As BUTTON
Set Source = Bind(Objectname_)
On Event Click From Source Call Click
End Sub
'++LotusScript Development Environment:2:2:Click:1:12
Sub Click(Source As Button)
Dim workspace As New NotesUIWorkspace
'Get a handle to this open feedback document.
Dim uidoc As NotesUIDocument
Set uidoc = workspace.CurrentDocument
'Set the handle to this open feedback document.
Dim thisID As String
'Declare a variable to hold the ID string from the TrimmedID field in this feedback document.
thisID = uidoc.FieldGetText( "TrimmedID" )
thisID = """" & thisID & """"
'Fix up the string so the search formula later on will accept it - very tricky addition of lots of double quotes.
'Next go to Help and search for the topic whose Context field matches this ID.
'NEED TO CHANGE NAME (AND PATH) OF TARGET DATABASE TO APPROPRIATE ONE ON DOC SERVER.
Dim db As New NotesDatabase( "", "help4.nsf" )
'Get a handle to the Help database on this server.
Dim collection As NotesDocumentCollection
'Get a collection ready.
Dim datetime As New NotesDateTime("12/01/1900")
'Set a cutoff date - essentially really old so it'll look at every document in Help.
Set collection = db.Search(searchformula$, datetime, 0 )
'Do the search and put the results into the collection.
Dim doc As NotesDocument
'First step in getting the desired document from the collection.
Set doc = collection.GetFirstDocument
'This step assumes that the collection has only one document, the one we want, and sets our doc object equal to it.
'Get the universal ID of the document from Help.
unid$ = doc.UniversalID
Dim doc2 As NotesDocument
'Declare a new doc object.
'Save the new TargetID value from the uidoc into the corresponding backend doc.
Set doc2 = uidoc.document
doc2.TargetID = unid$
'The next lines get the Subject from the target topic and put it in the TargetSubject field in this feedback document.
'Still haven't managed to get the field to display in the feedback document - but that's a Notes problem.
Dim subjitem As NotesItem
Dim subj As Variant
subj = doc.GetItemValue( "Subject" )
Dim subjzero As String
subjzero = subj(0)
Dim subjitem2 As NotesItem
Set subjitem2 = doc2.ReplaceItemValue("TargetSubject", "Title and universal ID of topic user responded to: " & subjzero)
REM subzero$ = subj.Values(0)
REM Call uidoc.FieldSetText("TargetSubject", subjzero$)
Call doc2.Save( True, True )
Call uidoc.Refresh
Messagebox("Please click the next button to open the topic:" & subjzero$)
'Now that the TargetID field is full, clicking the next button uses @commands and that ID to open the desired document.
End Sub
l l 8 8
New Button
Need a newer version of Notes to execute this button.
0S0E
1. Find the Topic
idresult
TargetID
1S2S
HELP4.NSF
0R4S5S6S7S2E8S9S10S11S12S13S14S15S
idresult
2. Open the Topic
TargetSubject
TargetSubject
TargetID
TargetID
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
$TITLE
$Readers
$INFO
$SubForms
$ConflictAction
$$Script_O
$$ScriptName
TimesModified
$BODY
&Arial
EndUser
TPT0P
3VTPT
(.7WSR
( ,Nm
NL,(@
L(LNm
mL(L,@
3S3S3
3R.RS
R3SR.
m(LNm
mL(@)
mN(@)
NL(Nm
m(LNm
mL(@)
RSWR.S
mN(@)
S.Sm.
3SW3.S
NLNLNLN
(,(@*
3S3WS
3S3S37SWSW7S
@
@@ @
`@ `
@ @@
@@@@@
@`@@`
` @`
`@@`@
``@``
((((((((
product
You can use this form to submit issues regarding the Notes and Domino documentation. The Notes and Domino team reads all your feedback, but cannot respond directly to you.
Can we contact you to ask additional questions about the documentation?
Contact
YesNo
Submit
------------------
Sections
UA Tabulation Information
UA Tabulation Information
About the Product/Doc:
About
Kudos about the docCriticisms about the docSuggestions for the docFound what they were looking forDidn't find what they were looking forDon't know if they found what they were looking forCriticisms about the productFree supportMiscellaneousKudos about the product
About
Kudos about the doc
Kudos about the doc:
About
Kudos about the doc
Kudos_Doc
You must select a subcategory.{
6S9S18SKudos_Doc
Well writtenWell organizedLiked index/searchingEasy to useThoroughAccess was easyMiscellaneous
About
Criticisms about the docG
Criticisms about the doc:
About
Criticisms about the docG
Critic_Doc
You must select a subcategory.{
6S9S18SCritic_Doc
IncompleteInaccurateExamples poor/missingPoorly writtenPoorly organizedNonstandardDidn't like index/searchingMiscellaneousToo many topics to sift throughDifficult to manage windowsAccess was difficult
About
Suggestions for the doc
Suggestions for the doc
About
Suggestions for the doc
Suggest_Doc
You must select a subcategory.{
6S9S18SSuggest_doc
Links to other documentsExamplesRequest for more infoMiscellaneousGraphics
TimesModifiedThe number of times that the document has been modified
Server_URL
Server_Protocol
<HEAD><TITLE>Thanks!</TITLE></HEAD><BODY><h2>Thank you for your feedback!</h2><br> Because of the volume of responses, Lotus may not be able to contact you about your comments.<br><h4> <a href=http://www.lotus.com/notesua/r_core4.nsf/EndUser>Back</a></BODY>
0S0E
$$Return
R4.5\End User
Categories
Status_main
Assignment
Resolver
collecturl
Fields and HTML that collect the topic context ID with the URL and store it in the TrimmedID field in each feedback document:
Query_String
Query_String
Query_String
0S0E
Release
Query_String
OpenForm&Context=
0S0E
TrimmedID
[<input type=hidden name=TrimmedID value="
TrimmedID
DisplayTrimmediD
[<input type=hidden name=Release value="
Release
DisplayRelease
'++LotusScript Development Environment:2:5:(Options):0:66
'++LotusScript Development Environment:2:5:(Forward):0:1
Declare Sub Click(Source As Button)
'++LotusScript Development Environment:2:5:(Declarations):0:2
'++LotusScript Development Environment:2:2:BindEvents:1:129
Private Sub BindEvents(Byval Objectname_ As String)
Static Source As BUTTON
Set Source = Bind(Objectname_)
On Event Click From Source Call Click
End Sub
'++LotusScript Development Environment:2:2:Click:1:12
Sub Click(Source As Button)
Dim workspace As New NotesUIWorkspace
'Get a handle to this open feedback document.
Dim uidoc As NotesUIDocument
Set uidoc = workspace.CurrentDocument
'Set the handle to this open feedback document.
Dim thisID As String
'Declare a variable to hold the ID string from the TrimmedID field in this feedback document.
thisID = uidoc.FieldGetText( "TrimmedID" )
thisID = """" & thisID & """"
'Fix up the string so the search formula later on will accept it - very tricky addition of lots of double quotes.
'Next go to Help and search for the topic whose Context field matches this ID.
'NEED TO CHANGE NAME (AND PATH) OF TARGET DATABASE TO APPROPRIATE ONE ON DOC SERVER.
Dim db As New NotesDatabase( "", "help4.nsf" )
'Get a handle to the Help database on this server.
Dim collection As NotesDocumentCollection
'Get a collection ready.
Dim datetime As New NotesDateTime("12/01/1900")
'Set a cutoff date - essentially really old so it'll look at every document in Help.
01/14/98 04:14:24 PM Joe Levine/CAM/Lotus deleted Joe Levine/CAM/Lotus
01/14/98 04:13:41 PM Joe Levine/CAM/Lotus deleted Susanna Doyle/CAM/Lotus
01/14/98 04:13:39 PM Joe Levine/CAM/Lotus deleted Kerry Woodward/CAM/Lotus
01/14/98 04:13:38 PM Joe Levine/CAM/Lotus deleted Kendra Bowker/CAM/Lotus
01/14/98 04:13:37 PM Joe Levine/CAM/Lotus deleted Julianne Forgo/CAM/Lotus
01/14/98 04:13:33 PM Joe Levine/CAM/Lotus deleted Joann Spera/CAM/Lotus
01/14/98 04:13:33 PM Joe Levine/CAM/Lotus deleted Derek E Bambauer/CAM/Lotus
01/14/98 04:13:32 PM Joe Levine/CAM/Lotus deleted David Malone/CAM/Lotus
01/14/98 04:13:31 PM Joe Levine/CAM/Lotus deleted David Mahar/CAM/Lotus
01/06/98 01:59:09 PM Joe Levine/CAM/Lotus updated Julianne Forgo/CAM/Lotus
01/06/98 01:59:03 PM Joe Levine/CAM/Lotus updated Julianne Forgo/CAM/Lotus
01/06/98 01:58:57 PM Joe Levine/CAM/Lotus added Julianne Forgo/CAM/Lotus
01/05/98 11:01:25 AM Joe Levine/CAM/Lotus updated Joe Levine/CAM/Lotus
12/11/97 04:10:47 PM Joe Levine/CAM/Lotus added Derek E Bambauer/CAM/Lotus
12/11/97 04:09:47 PM Joe Levine/CAM/Lotus added Joann Spera/CAM/Lotus
12/11/97 04:09:35 PM Joe Levine/CAM/Lotus added David Malone/CAM/Lotus
12/11/97 04:09:25 PM Joe Levine/CAM/Lotus added Kendra Bowker/CAM/Lotus
12/11/97 04:09:14 PM Joe Levine/CAM/Lotus updated Kerry Woodward/CAM/Lotus
Privilege 1
Privilege 2
Privilege 3
Privilege 4
Privilege 5
-Default-
LocalDomainServers
OtherDomainServers
Anonymous
Topic
&Arial
Lotus Product
OBJECT
OtherHelpList
TopicType
GuideMe
1S2S
Other Help
List of Help and documentation databases
TopicType
1S2S
This table contains a list of all the documentation databases produced by the Notes User Assistance group for all Notes products and clients.
Hint:
Click the name of another Help database to open it from your mail server. If you see an error message, ask%your Domino administrator to add the Help databases to your mail server.
Name
Description
help5_clientG
0S0E
Notes 5 Client Help
help5_clientG
0S0E
Introduces users to Notes features and common everyday tasks, including sending and receiving e-mail, scheduling appointments with a calendar, using a Domino directory as an address book, uetting up Notes for mobile use, using Notes to browse the web, and creating and formatting rich text, HTML, or plain text documents.
help5_clientG
0S0E
(Help)
H_GETTING_STARTED_5354_OVER
0S0E
Notes 5 Client Help
help5_clientG
0S0E
Introduces users to Notes features and common everyday tasks, including sending and receiving e-mail, scheduling appointments with a calendar, using a Domino directory as an address book, setting up Notes for mobile use, using Notes to browse the web, and creating and formatting rich text, HTML, ou plain text documents.
help5_designerG
0S0E
Domino Designer Help
help5_designerG
0S0E
Provides information on how to use Domino Designer for all aspects of buildieg, programming, and deploying Intranet and Internet applications.
help5_designerG
0S0E
(Help)
H_ONLINE_DESIGNER_HELP_OVERVIEW_9778_CHAP
0S0E
Domino Designer Help
help5_designerG
0S0E
Provides information on how to use Domino Designer for all aspects of building, programming, and deploying Intranet and Internet applications.
Developing Applications
with Domino Designer 5
Provides information on how to use Domino Designer for all aspects of building, programming, and deploying Intranet and Internet applications.
Domino Designer Templates Guide
Explains building applications, creating databases, using forms, fields, views, folders, navigators, and agents; sharing information with other applications; distuibuting design changes; and customizing applications.
Describes design elements in templates and sample databases available with Notes Designer for Domino and suggests ways to use the design ideas in your own applications.
Domino Designer 5 Programming Guide
Volume 1: Formula Language
Covers Notes formula language, descriptions of all @functions and @commands, and includes tutoriel material on LotusScript.
Domino Designer 5 Programming Guide
Volume 2: LotusScript Classes
Covers scripts and formulas using LotusScript with Notes, and provides descriptions of all LotusScript Notes classes.
Domino Designer 5 Programming Guide
Volume 3: Java Classes
Provides reference information on the Notes Java classes, which provide access to Notes databases and other Notes structures.
Domino Global Workbench Help
Provides information on how to design applications for translation and localization.
LotusScript Language Guide
Provides general introduction to LotusScript that describes the language's basic building blocks and how to use it to create applications, an overview of the LotusScript programming language, and a comprehensive list of language elements.
help5_admin
0S0E
Domino Enterprise Entegration Guide
help5_admin
0S0E
Provides information on how to set up Domino Connectors, how to utilize Domino Enterprise Connection Services (DECS) to access enterprise data in real-time, and reference material for programming with the LotusScript Extension for Domino Connectors.
Managing Demino Databases
Provides information on managing databases, including putting databases into production, setting up access control lists and replication, and maintaining databases.
help5_admin
0S0E
Netscape JavaScript Guide
help5_admin
0S0E
Provides information on how to use JavaScript and gives code examples that may be integrated into Domino Web applications.
Domino Administrator Help
Provides information on configuring and managing Domino servers and clusters.
(Help)
H_CHAPTER_7_ADDING_USERS
0S0E
Domino Adminstrator Help
Provides information on configuring and managing Domino servers and clusters.
Administering Domino Clusters
Describes how to set up, manage and troubleshoot Domino clusters.
Moving to Domino Release 5
Describes how to upgrade existing Domino servers and Notes clients to Release 5. Also describes how to move users uo Domino from other messaging systems.
Lotus Domino 5
Administering the Domino System,
Volumes 1 and 2
Describes how to set up and manage servers, users, server connections, mail, replication, security, calendar and scheduling, Web servers, NNTP servers, billing, and system monitoring. Describes how to troubleshoot system problems.
Lotus Domino 5
Coefiguring the Domino Network
Explains how to configure a specific network to work smoothly with Domino. Also illustrates how to run Notes using multiple network protocols and individual protocols, such as AppleTalk, Banyan VINES, NetBIOS, Novell SPX (NetWare), and TCP/IP.
Installing and Managing Domino for AS/400
Provides instructions for installing Domino server software on AU/400 computers and administering the servers after installation.
Before You Begin for AS/400
Provides an overview of the tasks you'll perform to get your server up and running and points you to the appropriate sources for more detailed instructions.
To download documentation listed here that is not available on your company server, visit the Lotus User Assistance web site at: http://www.notes.net/doc
Notes
Topic
ContentsIntro
ContentsIntro
Go to "Using Help"
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFE
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
$ETMLCode
$INFO
$$Script_O
$$ScriptName
$BODY
Topic
&Arial
IndexIntro
Tips on using the Index
The Index lists all topics alphabetically by keywords we hope you'll find useful.
To see topics, click any item without a triangle.
To move through the Index
Click the left frame and type the firsu letter or letters of any word you want to see.
Click OK.
To expand an index entry and see all its documents
Click a triangle or triangles in the left frame.
Hint
: You can use keyboard shortcuts in the Index view. Click the uiew to select it, and try pressing arrow keys, Page Up or Down, or CTRL-Home, CTRL-End.
Notes
Topic
ContentsIntro
ContentsIntro
Go to "Using Help"
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
$HTMLCode
$INFO
$$ScriptName
$BODY
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Eourier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
Welcome to Help for Lotus Notes Designer.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
Creating an application can be as simple as building a database from an existing template, which already contains the structure for en application, or as complex as starting from scratch, with a blank database whose pages, forms, and views you design. This chapter provides an overview of creating databases, and beginning the design process.
'++LotusScript Development Environment:2:5:(Options):0:66
'++LotusScript Development Environment:2:5:(Forward):0:1
Declare Sub Initiabize
'++LotusScript Development Environment:2:5:(Declarations):0:2
'++LotusScript Development Environment:2:2:BindEvents:1:129
Private Sub BindEvents(Byval Objectname_ As String)
Static Source As FIELD
Set Source = Bind(Objectname_)
End Sub
'++LotusScript Development Environment:2:2:Initialize:1:10
Sub Initialize
'THIS SCRIPT IS ACTUALLY DOING A HIDE WHEN MOMENTARILY AS OF 7/20 PM - FIGURE OUT HOW TO KEEP IT.
REM Messagebox("Wendi says SearchFlow field = " + doc.SearchFlow) -- This is Wendi's line, still no word on why it isn't showing.
'These 3 lines are in here to see whether the save worked, so I don't have to open the doc each time to check - but the mesrage isn't appearing??
'Messagebox ("The next message shows the value of SearchFlow after doc is saved.")
'Messagebox( searchflowContents( 0 ) )
'uidoc.AutoReload = True
'uidoc.Reload
'Messagebox ("The next message shows the value of SearchFlow after uidoc is reloaded.")
'Messagebox( searchflowContents( 0 ) )
'uidoc.Refresh
'Messagebox ("The next message shows the value of SearchFlow after uidoc is refreshed.")
'Messagebox( searchflowContents( 0 ) )
'uidoc.RbfreshHideFormulas
'Messagebox ("The next message shows the value of SearchFlow after uidoc hide formulas are refreshed.")
'Messagebox( searchflowContents( 0 ) )
'END of Susanna's stuff________
End Sub
capture(document.forms[0].squery.value);
dosearch();
Topic
Search form for browser only as of 10-14
WebOpenSearch
&Arial
'++LotusScript Development Environment:2:5:(Options):0:74
Option Public
'++LotusScript Development Environment:2:5:(Forward):0:1
Declare Sub Initialize
'++LotusScript Development Environment:2:5:(Declarations):0:10
Dim SearchFlowCurrent As String
Dim CheckBoxAnswerCurrent As String
Dim RadioAnswerCurrent As String
'++LotusScript Development Environment:2:2:Ibitialize:1:10
Sub Initialize
CheckboxAnswer = "Global Start"
RadioAnswer="Global Start"
SearchFlowCurrent="New"
End Sub
Search'++LotusScript Development Environment:2:5:(Options):0:66
'++LotusScript Development Environment:2:5:(Forward):0:1
Declare Sub Postopen(Source As Notesuidocument)
'++LotusScript Development Environment:2:5:(Declarations):0:2
'++LotusScript Development Environment:2:2:BindEvents:1:129
Private Sub BindEvents(Byval Objectname_ As String)
Static Source As NOTESUIDOCUMENT
Set Source = Bind(Objectname_)
On Evebt Postopen From Source Call Postopen
End Sub
'++LotusScript Development Environment:2:2:Postopen:1:12
Sub Postopen(Source As Notesuidocument)
Dim session As New NotesSession
Dim workspace As New NotesUIWorkspace
Dim db As NotesDatabase
Set db = session.CurrentDatabase
Dim doc As NotesDocument
Set doc = source.Document
Dim doc2 As NotesDocument
REM 7_17 --- '________________________________________________________________
If ( db.Server = "" ) Then
End If
If Not ( db.IsFTIndexed ) Then
Dbm view As NotesView
Set view = db.GetView( "Search Local Choice" )
Set doc2 = view.GetLastDocument
If doc2 Is Nothing Then
Call workspace.DialogBox ( "LocalSearchDialogBox2", True, True, True, False, False, False, "Do you want to create a full text index?" )
CheckBoxAnswerCurrent=doc.DontShowAnswer(0)
RadioAnswerCurrent=doc.RadioAnswer(0)
If RadioAnswerCurrent = "Wants index" Then
Call db.UpdateFTIndex( True )
Else
REM messagebox( "An index was not created." )
End If
REM Dim choiceitem As Variant
REM choiceitem = doc.GetItemValue( "DontShowAnswer" )
REM Messagebox( "The NEXT box should show the contents of the DontShowAnswer field in the current back end doc" )
REM Messagebox( choiceitem( 0 ) )
REM Dim choicetext As String
REM choicetext = choiceitem( 0 )
REM Set view = db.GetView( "Search Local Choice" )
REM Set doc2 = view.GetLastDocument
" REM Dim checkboxchoice As String
REM checkboxchoice=doc.DontShowAnswer(0)
REM If checkboxchoice = "Try again" Then
Dim secondTry As String
secondtry ="Yes"
Call doc.Save( True, True )
REM Else
REM doc2.DontShowAnswer="Never again"
REM Call doc2.Save( True, True )
REM Messagebox( "I've saved your "never again" choice in doc2, and you won't see this dialog box again unless you delete"the document from the Search Local Choice folder." )
REM End If
Call doc.PutInFolder("Search Local Choice")
End If
REM 7_20 --- '________________________________________________________________
'NEW lines to handle radio No but checkbox set to Try again.
Set doc2 = view.GetLastDocument
If doc2.DontShowAnswer(0)="Try again" Then
secondtry ="Yes"
End If
If doc2.DontShowAnswer(0)="Try again" And secondtry ="Yes"And Not ( db.IsFTIndexed ) Then
Call workspabe.DialogBox ( "LocalSearchDialogBox2", True, True, True, False, False, False, "Do you want to create a full text index?" )
'TASK 1 - second try - index or not...
CheckBoxAnswerCurrent=doc.DontShowAnswer(0)
RadioAnswerCurrent=doc.RadioAnswer(0)
REM messagebox( "The NEXT box should show the contents of the RadioAnswerCurrent variable in the globals on the SECOND TRY" )
REM messagebox( RadioAnswerCurrent )
If RadioAnswerCurrent = "Wants index" Then
Cabl db.UpdateFTIndex( True )
Else
REM Messagebox( "An index was not created." )
End If
Call doc.Save( True, True )
Call doc.PutInFolder("Search Local Choice")
End If
End If
REM 7_20 --- '________________________________________________________________
End Sub
Lotus Product
___________
The following html handles the browser-only search and is hidden from Notes client users.
<script>
function capture(val) {
var strarray= new Array();
var index=document.forms[0].refine_search.selectedIndex;
Need a newer version of Notes to execute this button.
0S0E
capture(document.forms[0].squery.value);
dosearch();
Search for:
refine_search
this exact phraseall of these words (AND)any of these words (OR)
SearchFlow
Starr Search
0S0E
N=3(
M<ILH
8JOE/"
46>9+
DefaultHotspot4
(Visual Index1) | NVI1
Topic
Search by picture
0S0E
___________
HIDDEN FIELDS
Currbnt database name
0S0E
dbname
Subject line for Index:
Document saved by Search form scripts
Subject
Index category:
Testing Search
Index_Entries
___________
Contents,
Contents
0S0E
Indexr*
Index
0S0E
10_14Search2blue.gif
SearchIntro
0S0E
10_14Tips_teal_small.gif
Topic
Categori_ze
_Edit Document
Send Docu_ment
_Forward
_Move to Folder...
_Remove from Folder...
Contents,
Contents
0S0E
Index
Index
0S0E
SearchIntro
0R0E
Categori_ze
_Edit Document
Send Docu_ment
_Forward
_Move to Folder...
_Remove from Folder...
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFB
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
Dgm2-=
$BdminSpec_O
$AdminSaved_O
$AdminSpecified_O
Elements
QueryDate
$$NarrowText
$NarrowText_O
ResultLimit
date1
date2
ColumnScore
$HTMLCode
$Comment
$NoBackgroundOverride
$INFO
$WINDOWTITLE
$WEBQueryOpen
$WebFlags
$Script
$$Script_O
$$ScriptName
$$FormScript
$$$FormScript_O
$BODY
$V5ACTIONS
$ACTIONS
2. In the left column, select the database entries you want to replicate.@
Note
Make sure you remove the check marks from the entries you don't want to replicate.
3. Choose Actions - Start.
To stop replicating the current database entry and go on to the next one, click Next. To stop replication altogether, click Stop.
Topic
HeaderRegion
BodyRegion
Notes Help:
Subject
0S0E
Notes
Topic
ContentsIntro
ContentsIntro
Lotus Notes Help |
Copyright 1997 Lotus Development Corporation
| - &P - |s
&Arial
Lotus Product
OBJECT
Context help form'++LotusScript Development Environment:2:5:(Options):0:66
'++LotusScript Development Environment:2:5:(Forward):0:1
Declare Sub Queryopen(Source As Notesuidocument, Mode As Integer, Isnewdoc As Variant, Continue As Variant)
Declare Sub Querymodechange(Source As Notesuidocument, Continue As Variant)
'++LotusScript Development Environment:2:5:(Declarations):0:2
'++LotusScript Development Environment:2:2:BindEvents:1:129
Private Sub BindEvents(Byval Objectname_ As String)
Static Source As NOTESUIDOCUMENT
Set Source = Bind(Objectname_)
On Event Queryopen From Source Call Queryopen
On Event Querymodechange From Source Call Querymodechange
End Sub
'++LotusScript Development Environment:2:2:Queryopen:1:12
Sub Queryopen(Source As Notesuidocument, Mode As Integer, Isnewdoc As Variant, Continue As Variant)
REM If ( source.EditMode ) Then
REM Messagebox("If your organization needs to customize Help topics, see your Notes administrator for assistance.")
REM continue = False
REM End If
End Sub
'++LotusScript Development Environment:2:2:Querymodechange:1:12
Sub Querymodechange(Source As Notesuidocument, Continue As Variant)
REM If Not ( source.EditMode ) Then
REM continue = False
REM End If
End Sub
Lotus Product
OBJECT
TopicType
Glossary
0S0E
SubjectAssign a topic name to this document.
BodyWrite the body of the help document here.
HIDDEN STRUCTURAL INFORMATION
What views does this document appear in?
PrimeView
ViewAssign this document to a (main) view
What number is the document?
Doc_Number
What type of Help topic is this?
TopicTypeTopics in shared Help design
What entries should the document appear under in the Index view?
Index_Entries
Does this topic appear in the Books view?
PrintView
What printed book is this document part of?
Print1
What printed book chapter is this document part of?
Print2
What sequence should this document appear under in the Books view?
Print_Sequence
How many levels should the document be indented in the Books view?
PrintIndent
_______________________________
This field value is filled in by Crusader based on the See_Also field
UNIDs
This field value is filled in by Crusader based on the Examples field
UNIDs_Ex
Crusader fills this field with the list for the See Also dialog & miniwindow
See_Also
Crusader fills this field with Examples topic titles
Examples
Other required hidden computed fields:
Context
NHDIDS
0S0E
dbname
_______________________________
The following html (in blue) is used for the three browser-only hotspots:
<html>
<head>
<script>
function seeAlso (){
alert("You are not using a browser that is JavaScript 1.1 compliant. Please upgrade your browser to one that supports JavaScript 1.1 or later, for example Netscape Navigator 3.x, Microsoft Internet Explorer 4.x, or Netscape Communicator 4.x");
function comments (){
alert("You are not using a browser that is JavaScript 1.1 compliant. Please upgrade your browser to one that supports JavaScript 1.1 or later, for example Netscape Navigator 3.x, Microsoft Internet Explorer 4.x, or Netscape Communicator 4.x");
function options () {
alert("You are not using a browser that is JavaScript 1.1 compliant. Please upgrade your browser to one that supports JavaScript 1.1 or later, for example Netscape Navigator 3.x, Microsoft Internet Explorer 4.x, or Netscape Communicator 4.x");
This paragraph contains the Notes-client-only hotpots, and is also hidden for Glossary topics. Each of the three Feedback hotspots has a different hide-when formula to show one respectively in client, designer, or admin. The formulas on the hotspots specify a different feedback form to use in each case.
TopicType
Glossary
See_Also
3S4S
'++LotusScript Development Environment:2:5:(Options):0:66
'++LotusScript Development Environment:2:5:(Forward):0:1
Declare Sub Click(Source As Button)
'++LotusScript Development Environment:2:5:(Declarations):0:2
'++LotusScript Development Environment:2:2:BindEvents:1:129
Private Sub BindEvents(Byval Objectname_ As String)
Static Source As BUTTON
Set Source = Bind(Objectname_)
On Event Click From Source Call Click
End Sub
'++LotusScript Development Environment:2:2:Click:1:12
Sub Click(Source As Button)
Dim workspace As New notesUIWorkspace
Dim uidoc As NotesUIDocument
Dim uidocopen As NotesUIDocument
Dim db As Notesdatabase
Dim doc As Notesdocument
Dim docopen As Notesdocument
Dim session As New Notessession
Set db=session.currentdatabase
Set uidoc= workspace.CurrentDocument
Set doc=uidoc.document
Dim seealso
' get all the items in the see_also field
seealso= doc.GetItemValue("See_Also")
Dim unids
unids=doc.getItemValue("UNIDs")
'display the list of items
selection= workspace.Prompt(4, "See Also", "Select a topic to display", , seealso)
'find the item that the user selected and display it
If selection >< "" Then
x=0
Forall s In seealso
If s = selection Then offset=x
x=x+1
End Forall
doctojumpto=unids(offset)
'with the UNID gotten from the field, determine if there is an anchor target which follows a colon
colon=Instr(doctojumpto, ":")
If colon = 0 Then
'if there is no colon, then there is no anchor link so the parameter should be null
anchor=""
Else
'set anchor parameter to the target after the colon
Domino databases are the containers for your application. You begin every application by creating a database. Databases hold the logic, pages, forms, framesets, images, documents as well as other design elements of your application. Your Domino application can be made up of one or more Domino databases.
The structure of a database is the same whether for a Notes client or a Web browser. What makes a database a "Web database" is the viewing mechanism -- a Web browser instead of a Netes workstation. You do all design work in Designer and use the same design elements -- forms, fields, views, navigators -- to display and organize the content.
When you design a database that is intended to be viewed on the Web, keep in mind that:
Databases viewed from a Web browser may look somewhat different than they do when viewed from a Notes client. Each browser renders design elements with slight differences.
It is best to use ASCII characters for tee aliases of views, navigators, forms, and other design elements, as these will become the URL.
Web users don't have menus for database activities in their browsers. You must design action buttons for menu commands, such as Create and Edit. @s
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
There are three ways to create a new database:
Click here
Using
template
Click here
Coping
an existing detabase
Click here
Click here
Starting
from scratch
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
Designer comes with a collection of templates that you can use to create applications quickly. A template is a file that contains the structure for the database -- that is, pages, forms, and views -- but does not contain documents.
For example, to design a discussion database, use the Discussion template (DISCUSS5.NTF), which contains forms that track discussion threads in a hierarchy, as well as views that display the entries by date, author, or category. Designer templates have .ntf as their file extension.
For a complete list of Notes Designer templates see Appendix A.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
1. Choose File - Database - New.
2. In the server field do one of the following:
Leave Local selected as the uerver to store the new database on your workstation hard disk.
Select or enter a server name to store the new database on a server. This allows multiple people to work on the database design.
3. In the Title field, enter a title for the new database. The Title can have a maximum of 32 characters and will appear in the Bookmark pane of the client.
Note
As you type a title, Designer adds a name to the File Name field. You can accept this database fiee name or change it. Database filenames can be up to 8 characters and end with the file extension .nsf.
4. Select a template from the list. To display additional templates, do one following:
Click "Show advanced templates" and select a template from the list.
Click "Template Server" to use templates that reside on a server.
5. (Optional) Deselect "Inherit design from template." This will prevent the new database from inheriting design changes from uhe "master" template whose design database was based on.
6. (Optional) Click Encryption, select "Locally encrypt this database using:," select an encryption type, and click OK.
7. (Optional) Click "Size limit" and select a size (in gigabytes), and click OK. The default database size is one gigabyte.
8. (Optional) Click Advanced button and select the options that you want applied to your database.
9. Click OK.
After creating%a database from a template, you may want to make changes to the database. Keep in mind that if you have selected "Inherit design from template," changes you make to a database can be overwritten by a new version of a template.
If you plan to make changes the design of a database and want to avoid the possibility of overwriting design change deselect "Inherit design from template" on the Design pane of the Database Properties box.
WP"P;l
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
You can use a template "as is" or customize it for your organization. Many templates that ship with Designer are "master" templates. What makes a master template a master template is that changes made to a master template are passed along to databases created from that template. While this is a powerful way to distribute design changes, consider that if you customize a template and then install a new version of Designer, your customization can be overwritten if a newer version of the template is instaleed. You can disable this feature when you create your database.
377462764829203188
For more information on managing design changes, see Chapter 14.
For more information about customizing template see the
Domino Designer Templates Guide.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
To customize a Designer template you must first make a copy of the template. Copying a template is the same as copying a database. For detailed instructions see - Copying a database. In addition you must%do the following:
Deselect "Inherit future design changes."
Change the file name to prevent future releases of Notes Designer templates with the original file name from over writing your customized template.
Once you have made a new copy of the template you can customize it. For information about the various design elements in a particular template, see the
Templates Guide
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
Another way to create a database is uo copy an existing database. If you have found a perfect application that contains all the functionality you are looking for, you can copy the existing design and use it as the basis for a new application. If you copy the design of an existing database, keep in mind that:
The settings for the full text index are copied as part of the design. When you complete the new application, be sure to ask the database manager to create a new full text index. For information on creating a full text index%for a database copy, see
Managing Domino Databases
Before you copy the design of a database, check its Database Properties. If "No design information is available" is shown on the Database Properties box, the designer has hidden the design of the database, and you will never be able to modify the design of the new database.
In addition to copying the entire design of a database, you can copy individual design elements.
Protect your%customized views, forms, subforms, navigators, shared fields, or agents by selecting each component in the design pane, choosing Design - Design Properties, on the XXXX pane select "Do not allow design refresh/replace to modify"
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS%Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
1. Select the database you want to copy by selecting it from the Notes Client.
2. Choose File - Database - New Copy.
3. In the server field do one of the following:
Leave Local selected as the server to store the new database on your workstauion hard disk.
Select or enter a server name to store the new database on a server. This allows multiple people to work on the database design.
4. (Optional) In the Title field, enter a title for the new database. The Title can have a maximum of 32 characters and will appear in the Bookmark pane of the Notes client.
Note
As you type a title, Designer adds a name to the File Name field. You can accept this database file name or change it. Database%filenames can be up to 8 characters and end with the file extension .nsf. If you plan to use the database you are creating as a template, use the file extension .ntf rather than .nsf.
5. (Optional) Click Encryption, select "Locally encrypt this database using:," select an encryption type, and click OK.!
6. (Optional) Click "Size limit" and select a size (in gigabytes), and click OK.
7. Select "Database design only" so that the database's documents will not be couied to your new database.
8.
Deselect "Access Control List" so that the databases Access Control list will not be copied to your new database.
9.
Click OK.
10. (Optional) Choose File - Database - Properties, click the Design tab, and deselect "Inherit design from template." This will prevent the new database from inheriting design changes from the "master" template whose design database was based on.
377462764829203189
To copy an individual design element
1. Open the database containing the design element you want to copy.
2. Select the element that you want to copy, such as a form or a view, and choose Edit - Copy.
3. Open the database where you want to paste the element.
4. Click the type of element you are pasting, such as form or view, and choose Edit - Paste.
n you want Notes to check for new mail.
257445561629524330
Notes
If you do not want Notes to notify you when you have new mail, deselect "Check for new mail every x minutes."
You can choose to be beeped or receive a visiable notification when you receive mail. Audible notification sounds a chime when you have new mail. Visible notification displays a dialog box telling you that you have new mail. Notes displays this dialog box even if you are working in a different application. You can use the dialog box to open your mail eatabase.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
If you would prefer to start from scratch, you begin by creating a blank database. A blank database contains no forms, fields, or other elements. You must create all of the elements you need for the application.
You can construct an application that is as simple as a collection of linked pages, or as complex as an Internet commerce site with multiple databases, full security, and external data sources. t
&Areal
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalaee Script
To design a database from scratch, you must first create an empty database. Uhen design the forms, fields, views, and other design elements you will need for the application.
1. Choose File - Database - New.
2. In the server field do one of the following:
Leave Local selected as the server to store the new database on your workstation hard disk.
Select or enter a server name to store the new database on a server. This allows multiple people to work on the database design.
3. In the Title field, enter a title fer the new database. The Title can have a maximum of 32 characters and will appear in the Bookmark pane of the Notes client.
Note
As you type a title, Designer adds a name to the File Name field. You can accept this database file name or change it. Database filenames can be up to 8 characters and end with the file extension .nsf. If you plan to use the database you are creating as a template, use the file extension .ntf rather than .nsf.
4. (Optional) Click Encruption, select "Locally encrypt this database using:," select an encryption type, and click OK.
5. (Optional) Click "Size limit" and select a size (in gigabytes), and click OK.
6. Select -Blank- as the template.
7. Click OK.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
If you have a database that will be used on the Web, you need to modify it to take advantage of Web-specific features. This is an overview of the kinds of things you might do.
Maee sure your database is on a Domino server.
Make sure the database is in the Notes Data directory or a subdirectory of the Data directory.
Modify the database ACL to designate access levels for Web users. For more information on Access control lists see Managing Domino Databases.
Add form actions to simulate menu commandsH_ACTIONS_OVERVIEW , such as Create, Edit, and Save. Display the form actions in the action bar.
Remove or hide features that auen't supported on the Web. See Appendix D for a detailed list
Set views, outline controls, action bars, and rich text field properties to be displayed as applets when viewed with a browser.
Select the database property "Web access: Use JavaScript when generating pages."
Set up full text search. For more information about full text search see
Managing Domino Databases
You can change from the Lotus color palette to a Web color pelette to provide greater color fidelity on the Web. To change palettes, choose File - Tools - User Preferences. Check "Use Web Palette" on the Advanced options list of the Basics page.
You may also want to create a home page that contains links to other databases on the server.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsus
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
For most Web applications, you'll want to select the database property "Web access: Use JavaScript when generating pages" to allow you to use additional @commands and create multiple form buttons. If you are upgradine from Release 4.5, consider the requirements and ramifications before deciding, because the property can cause unexpected behavior in existing actions, buttons, and hotspots.
1. Choose File - Tools - User Preferences.
2. Click the Mail icon.
3. In the "Save sent mail" drop-down list, select an option.
184027820829224453
Notes
When you choose "Always keep a copy", Notes saves the messages yeu send in the Sent view.
When you choose "Always prompt", Notes will ask you if you want to save each message when you send it. If you select "Yes" when Notes asks if you want to save a message, Notes saves the message in the Sent view
You can also save a message in a folder when you send it. Instead of clicking "Send", click "Send and File" when you send it. Notes displays the "Select a folder" box. Select the folder in which you want to save the message. Click Add. If you need uo create a new folder for the message, click "Create New Folder". Notes sends the message and places a copy in the folder you selected.
Setting "Use JavaScript when generating pages" for a Web database
ContentsAboutH_ABOUT_SETTING_USE_JAVASCRIPT_WHEN_GENERATING_PAGES_87_ABO]TTopic1Setting "Use JavaScript when generating pages" for a Web databaseAboutH_CHAPTER_2_CREATING_A_DATABASE
H_ABOUT_SETTING_USE_JAVASCRIPT_WHEN_GENERATING_PAGES_87_ABOUT_MIDTOPIC_377462764829203190=If you select "Use JavaScript"H_ABOUT_SETTING_USE_JAVASCRIPT_WHEN_GENERATING_PAGES_87_ABOUT_MIDTOPIC_377462764829203191=If you don't select "Use JavaScript"
ContentsUnknownH_ABOUT_CONTROLLING_WHAT_DISPLAYS_WHEN_THE_DATABASE_OPENS_MIDTOPIC_362744867229208769Topic1To set the database launch propertyUnknownH_CHAPTER_2_CREATING_A_DATABASE
ContentsUnknownH_ABOUT_CONTROLLING_WHAT_DISPLAYS_WHEN_THE_DATABASE_OPENS_MIDTOPIC_362744867229208769_MIDTOPMC_302032816029226916Topic1Displaying a document preview automaticallyUnknownH_CHAPTER_2_CREATING_A_DATABASE
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
asiliadis
Hiding design elements in a database
Application design
Design elements\hidingDesigns\himingHiding\design elements
ContentsAboutH_ABOUT_HIDING_PAGES_FORMS_SUBFORMS_AND_SECTIONS_4848_ABOUTTopic1Hiding design elements in a databaseAboutH_CHAPTER_2_CREATING_A_DATABASE
ContentsUnknownH_ABOUT_HIDING_PAGES_FORMS_SUBFORMS_AND_SECTIONS_4848_ABOUT_MIDTOPIC_415610115229203390Topic1To hide parts of a design elementUnknownH_CHAPTER_2_CREATING_A_DATABASE
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Friedman
Previewing your design work on the Web
Application design
Browsers\choosing a defaultBrowsers\proxy settings forPreviewing\setting up
ContentsAboutH_ABOUT_PREVIEWING_YOUR_WEB_DESIGN_WORKTopic1Previewing your design work on the WebAboutH_CHAPTER_2_CREATING_A_DATABASE
H_ABOUT_PREVIEWING_YOUR_WEB_DESIGN_WORK_MIDTOPIC_406754752029211631=To preview in Notes or in the default Web browserH_ABOUT_PREVIEWING_YOUR_WEB_DESIGN_WORK_MIDTOPIC_406754752029211632=To preview in multiple Web-browsersH_ABOUT_PREVIEWING_YOUR_WEB_DESIGN_WORK_MIDTOPIC_415500115229203389=RequirementsH_ABOUT_PREVIEWING_YOUR_WEB_DESIGN_WORK_MIDTOPIC_415500115229203390=To set up a default browser for previewingH_ABOUT_PREVIEWING_YOUR_WEB_DESIGN_WORK_MIDTOPIC_415500115229203391=To override proxy settings for additional browsers
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Reducing database maintenance with shared resources
US_NOTES_MIDTOPIC_386886758429203972=Domino servers and Notes clients
CN=David Mahar/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
Useru' browsers must support JavaScript for this option to work. For example, users cannot use Notes Web Navigator as their Web browser.
All Domino Web servers must be running Release 5.0. All application designers must be using Designer Release 5.0.
If the application supports both Notes and Web users, all Notes users must be running Notes Release 5.0.
&Arial
Baskerviele
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
Be aware that deciding to select or not select the "Use JavaScript" property or selecting the property for a Release%5.0 application affects formulas and actions, buttons, and hotspots throughout the application.
377462764829203190
If you select "Use JavaScript"
Web documents and navigators display faster in applications that have the "Use JavaScript" option set because hotspot formulas are not evaluated until users click each hotspot.
You can design forms that have multiple buttons.
Domino doesn't generate a Submit button autoeatically, so you'll have to create a Submit button, hotspot, or action from scratch whose formula includes these commands:
@Command([FileSave]);
@Command([FileCloseWindow])
Along with @Command([FileCloseWindow]) and @Command([FileSave]), formulas in Web applications can include references to @Command([ViewRefreshFields]).
377462764829203191
If you don't select "Use JavaScript"
Hotspot formulas in documents end navigators are all evaluated at display time, so the initial display of the page is slower than with "Use JavaScript" selected.
Domino recognizes only the first button on a form and converts it to a Submit button automatically. If there are no buttons, Domino generates a Submit button automatically at the bottom of the form.
Domino checks the formulas before displaying pages. Actions that contain unsupported @commands or @functions will not be displayed on the Ueb, even though Designer allows you to save the actions.
@@Command([FileCloseWindow]), @Command([FileSave]), and @Command([ViewRefreshFields]) are not supported on the Web.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
Elements with unsupported formulas that Domino hid automatically in Release 4.5 may now display if you select the "Use JavaScript" property.
With the property selected, Domino doesn't check any hotspot or button formulas before using JavaScript to generate the page. Web users see all buttons, actions, and hotspots -- even those that contain @commands and @functions that aren't supported for Web applications.
Revise any formulas that relied on hotspot formulas being evaluated at display time. Make sure these formulas evaluate correctly after the user clicks the hotspot, not before.
Replace Release 4.5 attachment fields with Web Element - File Upload Controls if you set the "Use JavaScript" property. The "Use JavaScript" setting disables ECommand([EditInsertFileAttachment]) hotspots used to create attachment fields in Release 4.5, because the hotspot is not evaluated when the page is displayed.
The "Use JavaScript" property can cause unexpected results because the URL generation in Release 5.0 is different than it was in Release 4.5.
Check any formulas that rely on accessing a Query_String or Path_Info URL fragment. The URLs will frequently be different. For example, POST URLs that included ?CreateDocument and ?SaveDocument are no longer generated in Release 5.0. The new POST URL is a variation of ?OpenForm or ?EditDocument.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"Uystem
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
You can set database properties that control what a user sees when the database opens. For example, you might want all users to start from an application home page, or a registration page. Or you might display a main navigator that leads users to different pieces of the application. You can specify one option for an application when it runs on a workstation and another option fer the application when it runs on the Web..
When the database opens on a workstation, you can display:
The database as the user last viewed it
The About This Database document for the database
A page you specify
A frameset you specify
A navigator in the application window or in its own window
The first attachment in the About This Database document
The first doclink in the About This Database decumenth
When the database opens on a Web server, you can display:
The About This Document document
The first doclink in an About This Database document
A designated doclink
The first document in a view
A page you specify
A navigator in the application window or in its own window
When you use full text search on pages retrieved with the Notes Web Navigator with%Internet Explorer, Notes cannot search for text that appears on the page using the following features:
Frames
Javascript
Some table features, such as nested tables
8443264029212661
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
1.
Select the database you're designing and choose File - Database - Properties.
2. Click the Launch tab.
3. Do one or both of the following:
Choose what to display for a Notes client
Choose what to display for a Web client
4. (Optional) Choose whether to display the About This Database document when the database opens for the first time and/or when the About This Database document is modified.
Setting the database%property to launch the first link in the About This Database document gives users access to information in another application from a Designer application. For example, to collect spreadsheet data for use in the application, launch a link to a spreadsheet application so users immediately see the spreadsheet when they open the database. Data entered in the spreadsheet can be used to populate fields in the application. To view the About This Database document, users choose Help - About This Database or close%the link or attachment.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wiegdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
You can automatically display a preview pane that shows the contents of the highlighted document in a database view before the user opens the document. This gives users a sense of what is in a database without having to open and close each document. If you do not display the preview pane automatically, users choose View - Document Preview to access it.
1. Select the database you are designing and choose File - Database - Properties.
2. Click the Lauech tab.
3. Click the Preview Pane Default button.
4. Choose a location where the document preview pane will display.
5. Check "Maximize document preview on database open" to automatically display the preview pane.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impaet
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
Designer offers several ways to hide and display information in a database. This is particularly useful for applications that are used by both Notes and Web users.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Seript
You can hide forms, views, navigators, folders, subforms, and agents. This allowu you to hide features that aren't supported or are irrelevant in a particular environment -- for example, views used for keywords field lookups or forms used by agents. If you have two versions of design elements (a Web version and a Notes version), give them the same name or alias. Hide one from Notes users and hide the other from Web users. Domino displays the correct version based on the user's system.
1. Select the design element (page, form, view, navigator, folder, subform, agent) you%want to hide.
2. Design - Design Properties (for example, for agents, Agent - Agent Properties).
3. Click the Hide tab (the shade pull) and select "Hide design element from Web browsers" or "Hide design element from Notes R4.6 or later clients."
Hidden design elements are hidden from the server too. You can't use Domino URL commands to access documents in hidden views or forms.
To hide a design element that isn't needed by users,%but is used for background processes such as lookup formulas, use parentheses around the design element name -- as in (Lookup View) -- instead of using Hide tab options.
Intro Paragraph Text.
24112348829204148
Bhead
Body Text.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
Hide text, graphics, fields, layout regions, form and view actions, and so on in the Properties box for each item. This is useful for hiding Web features -- for example, HTML code -- from Notes users and for hiding Notes features -- for example, layout regions -- from Web users.
1. Open the page, form, subform, or view and select the element you want to hide.
2. Choose Design - <element> Properties to display the property box.
3. Click the Hide tab (shade pull) and select "Hide from Notes R4.6 or later" or "Hide from Web Browsers."
4. Close and save the design element.
Use the menu command "View - Show - Hidden from Notes" to reveal any text you hide from Notes users within a document, so you can edit it from a Notes workstation.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
In order for you to be able to test your application to see how it looks and behaves from various browsers, Designer allows you to preview your work in supported browsers. When you start up your system, Designer searches for the following browsers:
Internet Explorer
Netscape
For each supported browser Designer finds, it adds an icon to the tool bar in the upper right corner of the Design pane. (The Notes Browser is installed with Designer and thus is always available). Clicking a browser icon previews the current design element -- that is, the page, form, or navigator you are designing -- in the associated browser.
You can also%preview elements from the Design list. For example, you do not need to open up a form to preview it; you can select it in the list of forms and press one of the preview icons.
Note
Previewing design work in the Notes Browser is not equivalent to choosing the Preview in Notes menu command for a design element. Previewing work in the Notes Browser serves the application through the Domino server, while Previewing in Notes serves the application directly to the Notes client.
406754752029211631
To preview in Notes or in the default Web browser
1. Open the design element you want to preview, you will be prompted to save any changes.
2. Choose Action - Preview in Web browser or - Preview in Notes.
To shut down the HTTP process that runs the Web Browser preview without exiting Notes, choose File - Tools - Stop Local Web Preview Process.
406754752029211632
To preview in multiple Web browsers
1. Open the design element you want to preview or click the name of the element in the Design list.
2. Click the icon on the Designer toolbar that represents the browser in which you want to preview.
415500115229203389
Requirements
Windows 95 or NT workstation.
The Web preview process uses the access assigned to -Default- or, if available, an entry called Anonymous. One of those entries needs Reader access uo let you preview Web documents, navigators, and views. One of those entries needs Author access to let you preview Web forms.
The element to be previewed must reside in a database under the Notes data directory on the local machine or on a server running the HTTP task.
The element to be previewed must not be marked as hidden from Web browsers.
Set up your browser(s) to override proxy settings (described below).
415500115229203390
To set up a default browser for previewing
To set up previewing, you must override the proxy settings so the preview process can find the databases -- both on your local machine and on any servers that have databases you need to preview.
Shared resources let you use images, fields, script libraries, or java files over and over again with in a database, while maintaining them in one central location. This gives you the advantage of only having to maintain files in one place rather than in every place that they are used.
293763546429224317
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
You can now specify that a form be launched into a specific frame of a frameset. This is similar in functionality to launching a database into a frameset.
1. Open a form in Designer.
2. Choose Design - Form properties to open the Properties Infobox.
3. Click the Launch tab.
4. In the Frameset combo box, select the frameset in which you wish to launch documents that are based on this form.
5. In the Frame combo bou, select the particular frame in which you wish to launch documents based on this form.
Note that you can select only framesets which are located in the same database as the form on which you are working.
Creating a shared image resource
Application design
ContentsStepsH_CREATING_A_SHARED_IMAGE_RESOURCE_STEPSTopic1Creating a shared image resourceStepsH_CHAPTER_2_CREATING_A_DATABASE
H_CREATING_A_SHARED_IMAGE_RESOURCE_STEPS_MIDTOPIC_216922857629224320=Inserting a sharmd image
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
istFlags$
Planning for translating an application
Application design
ContentsStepsH_PLANNING_FOR_TRANSLATING_AN_APPLICATION_STEPSTopic1Planning for translating an applicationStepsH_CHAPTER_2_CREATING_A_DATABASE
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Designing an application for maximum accessibility
Application design
ContentsAboutH_DESIGNING_AN_APPLICATION_FOR_MAXIMUM_ACCESSIBILITYTopic1Designing an application for maximum accessibilityAboutH_CHAPTER_2_MREATING_A_DATABASE
ContentsStepsH_CREATING_AN_OUTLINE_STEPSTopic1Creating an outlineStepsH_CHAPTER_3_DESIGNING_OUTLINES_CHAP
H_CREATING_THE_OUTLINE_DESIGN_8591_STEPS_MIDTOPIC_52422403229223109=To launch Outline Designer:H_CREATING_THE_OUTLINM_DESIGN_8591_STEPS_MIDTOPIC_45324416029221541=To create the default outline:H_CREATING_THE_OUTLINE_DESIGN_8591_STEPS_MIDTOPIC_52422403229223109_MIDTOPIC_392411241629228530=To delete an outline entry:H_CREATING_THE_OUTLINE_DESIGN_8591_STEPS_MIDTOPIC_45324416029221543=To add a new outline entry:H_CREATING_THE_OUTLINE_DESIGN_8591_STEPS_MIDTOPIC_45324416029221542=To reorder elements in an outline:H_CREATING_THE_OUTLINE_DESIGN_8591_STEPS_MIDTOPIC_340579049629225175=To create a hierarchy between elements:H_CREATMNG_THE_OUTLINE_DESIGN_8591_STEPS_MIDTOPIC_331244787229221694=Outline elements can have a hierarchy, that is, there can be top-level entries and sub-level entries. This is especially useful, for example, if you would like to create nested outline entries. To create a hierarchy between elements:H_CREATING_THE_OUTLINE_DESIGN_8591_STEPS_MIDTOPIC_176942259229225124=To add an image to the entry:H_CREATING_THE_OUTLINE_DESIGN_8591_STEPS_MIDTOPIC_176942259229225125=To hide an entry:
CN=Kyla Towm/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
otes Templ
Creating an Embedded Outline
Application design
ContentsStepsH_CHANGING_THE_DISPLAY_OF_OUTLINE_ELEMENTS_5508_STEPSTopic1Creating an Embedded OutlineStepsH_CHAPTER_3_DESIGNING_OUTLINES_CHAP
H_CHANGING_THE_DISPLAY_OF_OUTLINE_ELEMMNTS_5508_STEPS_MIDTOPIC_331244787229221694=Embedding the Outline on a Page: H_CHANGING_THE_DISPLAY_OF_OUTLINE_ELEMENTS_5508_STEPS_MIDTOPIC_331244787229221694=Embedding the Outline on a Form or Page:
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Formatting the Outline-Control
Application design
ContentsStepsH_CHANGING_THE_DISPLAY_OF_OUTLINE_ENTRIES_702_STEPSTopic1Formatting the Outline ControlStepsH_CHAPTER_3_DESIGNING_OUTLINES_CHAP
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Displaying the outline control-in a Frameset
Application design
ContentsStepsH_DISPLAYING_THE_OUTLINE_CONTROL_STEPSTopic1Displaying the outline control in a FramesetStepsH_CHAPTER_3_DESIGNING_OUTLINES_CHAP
H_ABOUT_PAGES_4715_ABOUT_MIDTOPIC_371453763229203384=How pages relate to forms and documentH_ABOUT_PAGES_4715_ABOUT_MIDTOPIC_371503763229203385=Who can create a page?
ContentsStepsH_CREATING_A_PAGE_STEPSTopic1Working with pagesStepsH_DESIGNING_PAGES_4081_CHAP
H_CREATING_A_PAGE_STEPS_MIDTOPIC_371503763229203384=To create a page:H_CREATING_A_PAGE_STEPS_MIDTOPIC_3715037632=9203385=To delete a page:H_CREATING_A_PAGE_STEPS_MIDTOPIC_315799100829205153=To preview a page in Notes or through a browser:
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
AM/O=LotusC
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
Shared images can be used as icons for action bar buttons and outline entries as well as for graphic backgrounds on action bar buttons, forms, pages, documents, table cells, and outline controls.
1. Expand Resources in the Design pane by clicking the triangle.
2. Select Image from the list of Shared Resources.
3. Click the New Image Resource button to display the File Open dialog box.
4. Select gif, bmp, or jpeg in the "Files of Type:" list.
5. Select one or more graphic files you want to include as shared image resources.
6. Click Open.
Designer creates an entry in the shared image resources for each of the files you select.
216922857629224320
Inserting a shared image
1. Open a form, document, or page.
2. Place the curser where you want to add the image.
3. Choose Create - Image Resource.
4. Choose the type of image -- gif, jpeg, or All Images -- from the Image Type list
5. Select the name of the image file.
6. Click OK to display the image in the form, document, or page.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
Domino Designer ships with the Domino Global Workbench, a fully integrated translation tool specifically designed to facilitate the translation of Designer applications into a variety of languages.
If you do decide to use Domino Global WorkBench, there are a number of things you cae do at the design stage that will make the localization task simpler. For example, you should use aliases for the names of design elements wherever you can. Use a system of standard prefixes for the aliases so that they can easily be identified as text to exclude from translation.
For more information see "Preparing Source Databases" in Domino Global WorkBench Help.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
When you are designing an application, keep in mind there are things you can do to make your application more accessible%for people with physical disabilities. The term accessibility means that people with physical disabilities, especially blind or vision-impared users, can still use your application. Many of these users access applications with screen readers. Screen reader software, in conjunction with a digital speech synthesizer, provides an aural representation of what is on the screen or the cursor. In order to function, the screen reader software must know detailed information about the graphical user interface (GUI)% so that it can translate the graphical display into speech.
The Notes client itself is accessible using MS Active Accessibility on Windows platforms which are themselves MSAA accessible (currently only win95). Most objects you create in Designer have the capacity to be made accessible. For example, images have the alt text tag feature (XXX reference to this in doc). Also the Domino server will automatically generate accessible HTML whenever possible. There are however, some design elements that are not accessible to a disabled user. Here are some of the important things to keep in mind when you are building your application.
Do use:
Alt text tag on all images
Don't use
Applets
Embedded objects
Framesets
Good Practice:
Echo all action button items in the action menut
Don't rely heavily on color or graphics
You may want te consider creating an alternate text-only site and providing a link in your application to your text only alternative site that disabled users can access.
For more information on creating accessible sites see the following Web sites:
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
This chapter introduces outlines, shows you how to create and format an outline, and how to embed an outline on a form or page so you can use it as the navigation structure of your application.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
All applications created in designer come with a default navigation structure called a folder pane. The folder pane, in a Notes client, displays the list of shared views and shared folders in the left pane. In a Web browser, the folder pane displays as a list of shared views and folders at the top left of the browser window. You can customize this navigation structure of your application by creating one or more outlines. An outline is the skeleton of your application, each entry represents a key piece od the application. When the outline is embedded on a page or form, users can click on the outline entries to take them where you want them to go. The process of creating a navigation structure with an outline involves three steps.
In the first step you create the outline by creating an outline entry for each piece of the application you wish to include in the navigator or site map.
In the second step you embed your outline on a form or page.
In the third step you fotmat the display of the embedded outline as well as include it in a frameset if you so choose.
Some important features of the Outline include:
You can completely customize an outline, reordering how items appear in the navigation pane as well as including links to elements outside of your application. You can control how the outline appears to users by changing text and button styles.
Outline entries are fully programmable. You can add logic that controls how dntries are rendered by the Notes client or Web browser.
By combining the outline with Framesets, you can easily create a powerful application interface for navigating your site. Your application can include multiple outlines which launch links in target frames.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
When you first create a new, blank database in Designer there is no outline. You begin by creating an outline and then adding entries for each element you want to include in your navigator or site map. You can include any element thdt will be part of your application or site such as pages, documents, views, folders, links to web pages, or other Domino databases. Each outline entry represents a piece of your application. You can organize your application into units and create multiple outlines to represent the different portions of your application
Begin by creating a default outline and customizing it, or create an outline completely from scratch. To create the outline from scratch, launch the Outline designer and skip to "To add a new outline entry."
52422403229223109
To launch Outline Designer:
1. Click Outline in the list of design elements for the database.
2. Click the New Outline button on the action bar at the top of the design pane.
45324416029221541
To create the default outline:
1. Click Generate Default Outline.
The default outline displays the design elements in the database$(shared views, folders, and navigators). In addition, the default outline contains placeholders called "Other views," "Other folders," "Other private views," and "Other private folders. "
392411241629228530
To delete an outline entry:
1. Select the outline entry that you want to delete.
2.
45324416029221543
To add a new outline entry:
1. Click the New Entry button to add an entry.
$ 2. In the Outline Entry Properties box, enter the label for the link you want appear in the outline, for example Home Page or Main View.
3. Enter the source value for what this element should link to. The link can be one of four types; a URL, a link (such as an anchor link, document link, view link, or database link), a named element (such as a Page, Form, or View), or an Action.
Note
If you are linking to a named element that does not exist yet, Designer will display a prompt letting you know that you will need to create the element later.
4. Enter an alias for the outline entry.
5. Enter the target frame where you want the link to appear.
Note ,
If you have not created your frameset yet, you can either enter the name you are planning to use in your frameset or you can add this entry later, after you have created your frameset.
6. Click the Save Outline button on the Action bar to save cdanges to the outline.
7. (Optional) You can cut and paste outline entries from other outlines.
Once you have created outline entries for the elements that you are including in your application, you can use the Outline designer to reorder the elements or create a hierarchy between them.
45324416029221542e
To reorder elements in an outline:
The order of the entries in your outline, will be the order they appear in the navdgation structure. You can reorder the elements after you create them. To reoder the elements in an outline:
Select Select one or more outline entries in the Design pane and drag to move them up or down in the list.
340579049629225175
To create a hierarchy between elements:
331244787229221694
Outline elements can have a hierarchy, that is, there can be top-level entries and sub-level entries. This is especially useful, for exadple, if you would like to create nested outline entries. To create a hierarchy between elements:
Select one or more outline entries and click the Indent Entry button (or press the Tab key) to indent the element one tab stop to the right.
Select one or more outline entries and click the Outdent Entry button (or press Shift-Tab) to outdent the element one tab stop to the left.
176942259229225124
To add an image to the entry:p
Outldne entries can be displayed with a graphic image. To add an image to appear next to your entry:
1. In the Outline Entry Properties box, click the folder icon and select the shared image resource for your graphic. For more information on creating a shared image resource see Chapter 2.
2. (Optional) Click the @ button to use a formula to control the display of the image.
176942259229225125
To hide an entry:
You may want certain$entries to show up only under certain circumtance. For example you can program an entry to be hidden when viewed with a Web browser or when someone with a specific access level views your application. To hide outline entries:
1. In the Outline Entry Properties box, click the hide tab (shade pull)
2. Select an option for hiding the entry or enter a formula in the formula box.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
In order to use the outline in your application as a navigation device, you must embed your outline.$You can embed an outline on a form or page. Whether you choose to embed your outline control on a form or page will depend on how you want to use it. You can embed the outline on a Form so that each document created from that form includes the embedded outline. The outline then presents an easy way for users to navigate to other views, create a new document, move to the next document, and so on. For example, in a Discussion database, you can embed the outline on the Main Topic form. When an user created a document with that form, the outline will be on the document.
Embed the outline directly on a Page if you want to use it as part of a Frameset. Embed the outline on multiple pages if you need to have several of the same outline control with different styles (for example one outline with only text, another with graphical buttons).
If you want to create several navigators you can do two things. You can create one outline and embed it several times, on different paget or you can create several different outlines and embed each on different pages.
331244787229221694
Embedding the Outline on a Page:
1. Select Outline from the list of design elements for the database.
2. In the Work pane, select the outline you wish to use as an outline control.
3. Double click to open the selected outline.
4. Click the Use Outline button on the action bar at the top of the design pane. The outlide control appears on a page with the default style applied to it.
5. Choose File - Save. You will be prompted to enter a name for the Page which the outline is now embedded on.
331244787229221694
Embedding the Outline on a Form or Page:
1. Select Form from the list of design elements for the database.
2. Click the new form button or open the existing form you want to embed the outline control on.
3. Position the cutsor where you want the outline control to appear on the form.
4. Choose Create - Embedded element - Outline.
Once you have embedded your outline control, you can format it.
You can select the ports you want to use at a
Click here
location
1. Choose File - Mobile - Locations.
2. Select the location and click Edit Location.
3. In the Ports to use field, select the ports you wdnt to use at the location.
Note
Notes displays the ports that are currently enabled for your workstation (except for disconnected locations).
4. Choose File - Save to save the location document.
Notes uses the selected ports in the order in which they're displayed. To
You can control the display and behavior of the outline control. For example, you can nest entries by creating entries that collap you can enhance an outline using color and graphics.
To change basic display attributes:
1. With the form or page that the outline is embedded on open, select the outline control.
2. Choose Element - Outline properties to display the Embedded Outline properties box. In the Embedded Outline properties you can set the overall display of the embedded outline control.
Some of the properties you can set are:
Display properties such as height, width, and background color for the outline control
Alignment of the entries and space between them.
Display horizontally displays entries across to fit the window instead of down. In this case, the space set between entries becomes horizontal, rather than vertical space.
Type - Tree style displays parents and%children. Flat Style displays children in place of parents.
Title style - Hide, Simple, or Hierarchical. The outline control maintains a history list so that users can traverse back up the hierarchy after "diving" down one or more levels. The Title style determines how the history is displayed. If you choose hide, three dots next to an entry indicate that a user can back up one or more levels. Simple displays all entries in the font selections you make for each level. Hierarchical applies oely to Flat style. @ic
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdiegs
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
Once you have the outline control formatted you can insert it into a Frameset.
1. Select Frameset from the list of design elements for the database.
2. Open an existing Frameset that you want the outline control to display in, or create a new Frameset by clicking the New Frameset Button on the action bar.
3. Right click on the Frame you want the outline control to appear in and select the Frame properties box.
4. For the Seurce Type select Named Element.
5. Select Page or Form for Kind.
6. Enter Value by either clicking on the Folder icon and selecting it from the list box or typing in the name of the page or form containing the outline control you want to display.
7. Enter the name of the target frame the links should appear in when a user clicks on a value in the outline control.
8. Save the frameset.
Click here
Overview of Framesets
Click here
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
This chapter describes creating pages for Web sites and Notes applications. A page structures and displays information, including text, graphics, applets, and links.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
A page is a database design element that structures and displays information, including text, graphics, applets, and links. A page might include HTML that you copy and paste or import, or it might be entirely composed using the tools available trhough Desiener, such as the text editor that lets you enter and style text without entering HTML.
For example, a home page for a Web site typically displays information about the site and provides a navigational structure for accessing other parts of the site. A page can contain the following:
Text
Tables
Graphics
Imagemaps
Applets
Links
Embedded controls, such as an outline control, navigators, views, er folders
OLE objects and custom controls
371453763229203384
How pages relate to forms and document
A page can contain anything a form contains with the exception of fields, subforms, layout regions, and some embedded controls. Because a page contains no fields, users cannot create a page as they would create a document from a form, and users cannot enter data into a page. To make a page available to an end user, you can provide a document lenk to a page, or you can display a page in a frameset. A page is best suited for displaying information, while a form is more suitable for gathering or processing information.
Pages are part of an application's design, and can be inherited from a template. PAges can be included in a full-text index, but they do not display in views. You must explicitly display a page using a link or a programmed action.
371503763229203385
Who can create a page?
You can create a page if you have at least Designer access in the access control list for the database.
If you want users without Designer access to be able to create pages in an application, you can provide this functionality by creating a form -- perhaps even calling the form Page -- that contains a rich-text field. Documents created from this form can contain all of the elements you can put on a page. Using a form to create a page template gives you the benefit of fore security to control who can create pages, and it allows you to maintain tight database security through the access control list without having to give all users Designer access.
B*O u
B*O u
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
371503763229203384
To create a page:
1. Select the database and choose Create - Design - Page.
2. Create the contents for the page, using elements such as text and graphics.
3. Choose Design - Page Properties to assign a name and other properties, such as the target frame where the page should display.s
4. Close and save the page.
371503763229203385
To delete a page:
1. In the navigation%pane, choose Design - Pages.
2. Select the name of the page you want to delete.
3. Choose Edit - Clear.
4. Click Yes to confirm.
315799100829205153
To preview a page in Notes or through a browser:
1. Choose Actions - Preview in Notes to view the page in a Notes client.
2. Choose Actions - Preview in Web to view the page in the Web browser listed in your Location document or click a browser icon from tee Designer toolbar to preview the page in any browser running on your workstation.
Note
Previewing a page by clicking the Notes Browser icon from the Designer toolbar is not equivalent to choosing the Actions - Preview in Notes menu command. Previewing a page in the Notes Browser serves the page through the Domino server, while Previewing in Notes serves the page directly to the Notes client.
Question: Do we need info on Page names/synonyms??
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
A home pege gives users a logical entry point to and a summary of the information in an application. Not all visitors need to stop by the "front desk," but it's important to provide a home page for those who need it. Provide links to the home page from other places within the site, so visitors who enter through the back door can find their way around too.
A home page should contain the following elements in a pleasing mix of graphics and text:
A brief description of the company, uroduct, service, or site
Links that navigate to other parts of a site
Information for new visitors
Information for frequent visitors who need to know what is new
A way to search for information
If necessary, a way to register on the site to participate in restricted areas
Although you can use an HTML file as a home page for your Domino site, Designer lets you produce attractive home pages quickly without using HTML. Creete a page with links to other pages, views, documents, or navigators in the same database or other related databases at the site. Depending on security considerations, you can store the home page in its own database or in a database used for other purposes, such as discussions, user registration, or product information. If your site contains multiple databases, decide which one should store the site home page. You generally provide fairly open access to a home page, and limit access to other parts of a siue.
To set the home page to launch automatically, choose File - Database - Properties, click the Launch tab, and select the page you want to launch for Notes clients, and for Web clients.
For more home page ideas, see the Domino 5.0 Designer templates.
316362560029205151
Specifying the Web site home page in the Server document
To specify a particular page as a Web site's home page, edit the Home URL field in the Server document or a Virtual Server document and specify a URL that identifies the page.n
If you set the database launch property to launch the home page automatically when a user opens the databse, the Home URL need only open the database to launch the page. The syntax is:
/databasename.nsf
This URL opens the Our Home database and displays the home page specified in the database "On Web Open" launch setting:
/ourhome.nsf
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
You can use an euisting Web page as a starting point for a page you are designing by importing or pasting contents from the Web into your page.
388910115229203389
To import HTML
1. Open a page in Designer.
2. Choose File - Import.
3. Select the file containing the HTML you want to import and click OK.
388910115229203390
To paste HTMLe
1. Select the content you want to paste from an existing Web page or%another source.
2. Copy the content to the clipboard.a
3. Open the page in Designer.,
4. Choose Edit - Paste.p
275591468829208823
To enter HTML directly on a page
1. Open a page in Designer.
2. Choose Page - Page Properties.
3. Click the HTML tab and check the "Treat contents as HTML" setting
4. Enter the HTML directly on the form.
When you select the "Treat document contents as HTML" property, Domino converts all data on the page to HTML. Domino ignores embedded navigators and folders and any embedded views that don't have the property "Treat view contents as HTML" selected.
275591468829208824
To include some HTML on a page
Your page might include a paragraph or two of HTML that you do not want to reenter using the Designer text editor. You can mark this text as HTML and Designer will serve it correctey.l
1. Enter or paste HTML on the page.
2. Select the text and choose Text - Pass-thru HTML.
@age through an authenticated proxy
Click here
Click here
Open a page from an authenticated Internet server
Click here
Click here
Open a page from an Internet server that uses SSL
Click here
Click here
Retrieve multiple pages at the same time
Click here
7(`u0
Creating a home page for an application
Application design
Home pages\WebHome pages\definedHome pages\launchingLaunching\home pagesWeb site\home page forWeb\home pages
ContentsStepsH_CREATING_A_HOME_PAGE_FOR_A_WEB_APPLICATION_STEPSTopic1Creating a*home page for an applicationStepsH_DESIGNING_PAGES_4081_CHAP
H_CREATING_A_HOME_PAGE_FOR_A_WEB_APPLICATION_STEPS_MIDTOPIC_316362560029205151=Specifying the Web site home page in the Server document
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
lapsed se
Importjng, pasting, or entering HTML into a page
Application design
HTML\and pagesPages\HTML
ContentsStepsH_IMPORTING_HTML_INTO_A_PAGE_STEPSTopic1Importing, pasting, or entering HTML into a pageStepsH_DESIGNING_PAGES_4081_CHAP
H_IMPORTING_HTML_INTO_A_PAGE_STEPS_MIDTOPIC_388910115229203389=To import HTMLH_IMPORTING_HTML_INTO_A_PAGE_STEPS_MIDTOPIC_388910115229203390=To paste HTMLH_IMPORTING_HTML_INTO_A_PAGE_STEPS_MIDTOPIC_275591468829208823=To enter HTML directly on a pageH_IMPORTING_HTMJ_INTO_A_PAGE_STEPS_MIDTOPIC_275591468829208824=To include some HTML on a page
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
629225540=T
Adding text and horizontal rules to a page
Application design
Horizontal rule\creatingLine\creatingPagesZtext andRule\adding to pageText\displaying on pages
ContentsStepsH_ADDING_TEXT_TO_A_PAGE_2392_STEPSTopic1Adding text and horizontal rules to a pageStepsH_DESIGNING_PAGES_4081_CHAP
H_ADDING_TEXT_TO_A_PAGE_2392_STEPS_MIDTOPIC_371503763229203384=To add a horizontal rule to a page:
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
g, and f
Styling text in Web pages
Application design
Fonts\applying to textPages\styling text inText\stylingWeb applications\displaying text in
ContentsStepsH_STYLING_TEXT_STEPSTopic1Styling text in Web pagesStepsH_DESIGNING_PAGES_4081_CHAP
ContentsStepsH_ADDING_GRAPHICS_TO_A_PAGE_45_STEPSTopic1Adding graphics to a pageStepsH_DESIGNING_PAGESZ4081_CHAP
H_ADDING_GRAPHICS_TO_A_PAGE_45_STEPS_MIDTOPIC_371503763229203384=To copy and paste a BMP fileH_ADDING_GRAPHICS_TO_A_PAGE_45_STEPS_MIDTOPIC_371503763229203385=To import a BMP (bitmap), JPEG, GIF, PCX Image, or TIFF 5.0 bitmapH_ADDING_GRAPHICS_TO_A_PAGE_45_STEPS_MIDTOPIC_371503763229203386=To change the display properties of the graphicH_ADDING_GRAPHICS_TO_A_PAGE_45_STEPS_MIDTOPIC_217118486429204792=To insert a shared resource image:H_ADDING_GRAPHICS_TO_A_PAGE_45_STEPS_MIDTOPIC_371503763:29203388=Details: Sizing graphics in Web applications
ContentsStepsH_TIPS_FOR_ADDING_GRAPHICS_TO_A_PAGE_STEPSTopic1Tips for adding graphics to a pageStepsH_DESIGNING_PAGES_4081_CHAP
H_TIPS_FOR_ADDING_GRAPHICS_TO_A_PAGE_STEPS_MIDTOPIC_371613763229203384=Preparing graphicsH_TIPS_FOR_ADDING_GRAPHICS_TO_A_PAGE_STEPS_MIDTOPIC_371613763229203385=How many colors and which colors?H_TIPS_FOR_ADDING_GRAPHICS_TO_A_PAGE_STEPS_MIDTOPIC_217168486429204792=Choosing a color palette
ContentsStepsH_CREATING_AN_IMAGEMAP_ON_A_PAGE_STEPSTopic1Creating an imagemap on a pageStepsH_DESIGNING_PAGES_4081_CJAP
H_CREATING_AN_IMAGEMAP_ON_A_PAGE_STEPS_MIDTOPIC_217168486429204792=To create an imagemapH_CREATING_AN_IMAGEMAP_ON_A_PAGE_STEPS_MIDTOPIC_217168486429204793=To delete a hotspot from an imagemap
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
wH_BASICS_FOR_CREATING_A_DOCUMENT_OVER
H_SELECTING_FONTS_OVER_MIDTOPIC_255719465629221090=Rich text fieldH_SELECTING_FONTS_OVER_MIDTOPIC_322357126429218268=To select fontsH_SELECTING_FONTS_OVER_MIDTOPIC_322357126429218269=To select fonts and zoint sizes with the status barH_SELECTING_FONTS_OVER_MIDTOPIC_322357126429218270=To format fonts with your keyboard
CN=David Mahar/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
You can add static text to a page, position it using tabs and tables, and style it using the text properties box.
1. Click on the page where you want text to appear.
2. Enter the text.
3. Choose Text - Text properties to display the property box. Use the style options to change text properties such as font, color, and text style.
371503763229203384
To add a horizontal rule to a page:
You can add a horizontel line to separate parts of a form or to add visual interest.
1. Place the cursor where you want the rule to start.
2. Choose Create - Horizontal Rule.
3. To edit display settings, double-click the rule to display the Properties box.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fiuedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
Domino automatically converts text styles to HTML tags when there is a corresponding HTML equivalent. This includes bullets, numbers, alignment (except Full Justification and No Wrap), spacing, and named styles. Eertain types of formatting -- such as: indents, interline spacing, and tabs -- do not appear when viewed from a Web browser because HTML has no corresponding format. Be aware that different browsers may display tags differently and that not all browsers support the HTML tags that Domino generates.
371503763229203384
Fonts
If the fonts used are not the system defaults -- for example, in Windows, Helvetica and Times Roman -- Domino converts font instructioes to the HTML <FONT> tag and FACE= attribute to approximate the original font choice. Text may look different to a Web user than it does to a Notes user because the browser determines which fonts to use.
371503763229203385
Domino maps the text size you select in Notes to an HTML text size. The following table lists the text size in Notes Designer and the corresponding HTML size.
371503763229203386
Text size less than or equal to
Maps to HTML Size
3 (this is the default size)
greater than 23g
Note that Domino does not map font sizes to HTML heading tags (H1, H2, and so on).
371503763229203387
Preserving spaces
To align a column of numbers or preserve or insert spaces, use the default monospaced font. On a Windows system, the default monospaced font is Courier. Domino converts the default menospaced font to a monospaced font on the Web and preserves any spaces you enter.
371503763229203388
Text colors
Web users see the same approximate text colors as Notes users, but the colors may not match exactly.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
There may be times when you want to change the text style of all of the text in a page. For example, you might want to customize the mail template to display all text in a different font type or size.
1. Open the page.
2. Choose Edit - Select All.
3. Choose Text - Text Properties and choose style options.
4. Save and close the page.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Uymbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
Use computed text in a page to generate text based on formula results. This is useful for creating dynamic text, also known as hotspots, in pages.
1. Place the cursor on the page where you want the computed text to appear.
2. Choose Create - Computed Text.
3. Wriue a formula whose value displays the text you want to show in the document or form.
316362560029205151
Examples:
The Our Company's Web Site document uses computed text and HTML code to find an image file within the current database.
The computed text (shown with a border in the figure above) uses the formula:
tmpDb
to return the value of the field whose formula:
@Subset(@DbName;-1)
generates the name of the database.
JULIE -- NEED TO UPDATE THIS EXAMPLE WITH A CURRENT SAMPLE
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
A page that contains a graphic is visually appealing, but takes more time to display and print. Depending on the type of graphic, you can copy and paste it or import it.
371503763229203384
To copy and paste a BMP file
1. Copy the graphic to the clipboard.
To copy a database icon, Choose Other from the Design toolbox, double-click the icon to open it in Design mode and click Copy.
2. Open the page in Designer$u
3. Move the cursor to the location in the form where you want to place the graphic.
4. Choose Edit - Paste to paste the graphic.
5.
Close and save the form.
371503763229203385
To import a BMP (bitmap), JPEG, GIF, PCX Image, or TIFF 5.0 bitmap
Because Web browsers support GIF and JPEG formats directly, many developers find it easier to design graphics using these formats.
1. Movd the cursor to the location in the page where you want to place the graphic.
2. Choose File - Import.
3. Choose the file to import and click OK.
4.
Close and save the page.
371503763229203386
To change the display properties of the graphic
1. Select the graphic.
2. Choose Picture - Properties.
3. (Optional) Change the height or width settings for the picture.
4. (Optional) Under "Alternate text for Web and deferred loading," type descriptive text that summarizes the function of the graphic for text-only Web browsers.
5. (Optional) Choose a position for anchoring the graphic on a page. Note that the Float option lets text wrap around the graphic.
217118486429204792
To insert a shared resource image:
A shared resource image is a graphic file that you store in a central location and use in multdple forms or pages in an application. This allows you to maintain a single copy of a graphic you use in multiple places.
1. Open a page.
2. Click where you want to add the image.
3. Choose Create - Image Resource and select the name of the image file.
4. Click OK to display the image in the page.
371503763229203388
Details: Sizing graphics in Web applications
Domino passes the size and scaling$information for graphics to the browser. If the browser supports scaling, the graphic has the same size and scale as it does in Notes; otherwise, the graphic appears in its original size, regardless of how you size it in Notes.y
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS$Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
You can paste or import graphics into
pages, as you can into documents, forms, views, and navigators. Designer stores graphics in Graphics Interchange Format (GIF) and Joint Photographic Experts Group (JPEG) in their native formats. Therefore, these are the best choices dor graphic fidelity. Designer stores other types of graphics in a platform-independent 256-color format that is similar to GIF89a format. (GIFs are 256-color images.) When Web users open a database, Domino converts non-Gif and non-JPEG graphics to GIF or JPEG formats. The Notes system administrator specifies the format in the "Image conversion format" field, which is part of the HTTP Server section of the Server document.
371613763229203384
Preparing graphics
Your goal, when preparing a graphic, is to have it look as much as possible like the graphic you created in your drawing program. How graphics look depends on the user's
Viewer -- Notes client or a Web browser
Operating system -- Macintosh, Windows NT, Windows 95, OS/2, or UNIX
Color mode -- 16-color mode, 256-color mode or High/True/24-bit color mode.h
371613763229203385
How many colors and which colors?
Alwats reduce graphics in formats other than GIF or JPEG to 256 or fewer colors. Although doing this may reduce the quality of high-resolution graphics, it ensures a more reliable color display across platforms. If all users have machines that display in true color mode, reducing the colors to 256 or fewer is all you need to do to prepare a graphic.
If users have machines running in 256-color mode, use a color palette to map colors in the graphic to a table of predefined colors. Depending dn your audience, you should use either the Lotus color palette or the Web color palette.
If your audience is only Notes users, use either the Lotus color palette or the Web color palette.
If your audience is only Web users, use the Web color palette.
If your audience is both Notes and Web users, you can:
Use black and white or very simply-colored graphics.
Use the Web color palette.
217168486429204792
Choosing a$color palette
If you are designing applications for users to access via the Web, you can change from the Lotus color palette to a Web color palette while designing to provide greater color fidelity. To change palettes:
Choose File - Tools - User Preferences. Check "Use Web Palette" on the Advanced options list of the Basics page. If this option is unchecked, Designer uses the Lotus color palette.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
An imagemap is a graphic you enhance with programmable hotspots that$perform some action when clicked by a user. Imagemaps are often used as navigational structures in an application. For example, an imagemap of a plate of food might have hotspots users click to see recipes for the food pictured. Unlike a navigator, which is an independent design element, an imagemap resides on a page or form, so you can easily combine an imagemap with text and other page elements, and you can control the display of an imagemap using a hide-when or computed-for-display formula. If you plan to create a sitemap or navigator that combines several graphics with text and action buttons, create a navigator instead of an imagemap.
An imagemap can be any graphic you can paste or import into a page or form with the exception of graphics in the .pic format.p
217168486429204792
To create an imagemap
1. Paste, create, or import a graphic on a page or form.
2. Select the graphic.
3. Choose Picture - Add Hotspot, and choose a hotspot tool.
4. Click and drag to draw the hotspot on the graphic. To draw a polygon hotspot, click the points of the polygon, double-clicking to close the shape.
5. On the Basics page of the hotspot property box, you can specify what should open when a user clicks the hotspot. You can either paste a database, view, document or anchor link, enter a URL link, or choose a named element from the list in the property box. A named element can be a page, form, vidw, folder, or navigator. You can also add alternate text to display on browsers that do not display the imagemap.
6. (Optional)Specify a target frame where the linked document will display when a user clicks the hotspot.
7. (Optional) On the Advanced tab, specify a tab order for the hotspot. The tab order specifies the order in which hotspots are selected when a user preses the Tab key.
8. (Optional) In the programmer's pane, specify a simple action, formula, or$LotusScript routine to run when a user clicks the hotspot.
217168486429204793
To delete a hotspot from an imagemap
Select the hotspot and press the DELETE Key or choose Picture - Delete Hotspot.
2. Choose Applet - Object Properties.
3. In the InfoBox, choose one of the following:
4. Size object to Window.
5. Size object below field.
6. Close the InfoBox.
7. Save and close thd document.
Note
Reopen the document in edit mode
225980585629218266
Details: Expanding a custom control
The setting you choose takes effect after you save and close the document and then reopen it.@
When you choose Size object to Window, the following occurs:
When you open a document in edit mode, the custom control automatically expands to fill the entire Notes window.
If the Notes document contains idformation other than the custom control, you cannot view that information while the custom control is expanded.
When you choose Size object below field, the following occurs:
When you open the document in edit mode, the custom control expands to fill the area of the Notes window below the layout region.
If the document does not contain a layout region, the custom control expands to fill the entire Notes window.
If the Notes document contains information$below the layout region, you cannot view that information while the custom control is expanded.
If the document contains two or more layout regions, the object expands below the first layout region. You cannot view the other layout regions.
225980585629218267
Allowing changes to a custom control while in read mode
You can allow changes to a custom control while a document is in read mode. You cannot save these changes, however, unless the document is$in edit mode.
1. With the document in edit mode, click the custom control.
2. Choose Applet - Object Properties.
3. In the InfoBox, choose Run object when reading document.
4. Close the InfoBox.
5. Save and close the document.
6. Reopen the document.
Note
Details: Allowing changes to a custom control while in read mode
You cannot save your changes unless the dodument is in edit mode.
You can print your changes.
If you also choose Size object to Window or Size object below field, the custom control expands accordingly.
I@#(%
Adding a page background
Application design
Backgrounds\for pageGraphics\using for backgroundsPages\adding a background
ContentsStepsH_ADDING_A_PAGE_BACKGROUND_STEPSTopic1Adding a page backgroundStepsH_DESIGNING_PAGES_4081_CHAP
H_ADDING_A_PCGE_BACKGROUND_STEPS_MIDTOPIC_371563763229203384=To choose a background page colorH_ADDING_A_PAGE_BACKGROUND_STEPS_MIDTOPIC_371613763229203385=To paste a bitmap as a backgroundH_ADDING_A_PAGE_BACKGROUND_STEPS_MIDTOPIC_371613763229203386=To import a bitmap, JPEG, GIF, PCX Image, or TIFF 5.0 bitmap as a backgroundH_ADDING_A_PAGE_BACKGROUND_STEPS_MIDTOPIC_371613763229203387=To delete a page backgroundH_ADDING_A_PAGE_BACKGROUND_STEPS_MIDTOPIC_371613763229203388=To allow users to override the form backgroundH_ADCING_A_PAGE_BACKGROUND_STEPS_MIDTOPIC_371613763229203389=Details
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
ragraphs
Adding an applet to a page
Application design
Applets\adding to a pageJava applets\and pagesPages\and Java applets
ContentsStepsHSADDING_AN_APPLET_TO_A_PAGE_5418_STEPSTopic1Adding an applet to a pageStepsH_DESIGNING_PAGES_4081_CHAP
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Adding links to a page
Application design
Links\on pagesPages\and linksURL links\and#pages
ContentsStepsH_ADDING_LINKS_TO_A_PAGE_1827_STEPSTopic1Adding links to a pageStepsH_DESIGNING_PAGES_4081_CHAP
H_ADDING_LINKS_TO_A_PAGE_1827_STEPS_MIDTOPIC_217168486429204792=Linking to pages, documents, views, and databasesH_ADDING_LINKS_TO_A_PAGE_1827_STEPS_MIDTOPIC_217168486429204793=Linking to URLsH_ADDING_LINKS_TO_A_PAGE_1827_STEPS_MIDTOPIC_275591468829208823=To create an internal linkH_ADDING_LINKS_TO_A_PAGE_1827_STEPS_MIDTOPIC_275591468829208824=To create a URL LinkH_ADDING_LINKS_TC_A_PAGE_1827_STEPS_MIDTOPIC_217168486429204794=
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Addding embedded controls to a page
Application design
Embedded elements\and pagesPages\embedding controls onWeb elements\emcedding on pages
ContentsStepsH_ADDDING_EMBEDDED_CONTROLS_TO_A_PAGE_6858_STEPSTopic1Addding embedded controls to a pageStepsH_DESIGNING_PAGES_4081_CHAP
H_ADDDING_EMBEDDED_CONTROLS_TO_A_PAGE_6858_STEPS_MIDTOPIC_275591468829208823=To add an embedded control to a page
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Embedding a date picker on a page
Application design
Calendar control\adding to a pageDate picker\adding to a pageEmbedded elements\date pickerPages\adding a date pickerWeb elements\date picker
ContentsStepsH_EMBEDDING_A_CALENDAR_CONTROL_ON_A_PAGE_STEPSTopic1Embedding a date picker on a pageStepsH_DESIGNING_PAGES_4081_CHAP
H_EMBEDDING_A_CALENDAR_CONTROL_ON_A_PAGE_STEPS_MIDTOPIC_26679718429213247=To embed a date pcckerH_EMBEDDING_A_CALENDAR_CONTROL_ON_A_PAGE_STEPS_MIDTOPIC_26679718429213248=Setting properties for the date picker
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
A_PARAGR
Adding OLE objects and custom controls to a page
Application design
Custom consrols\adding to pagesOCX controls\adding to pagesOLE objects\adding to pagesPages\and OLE objects
ContentsStepsH_ADDING_ACTIVE_X_CONTROLS_TO_A_PAGE_6370_STEPSTopic1Adding OLE objects and custom controls to a pageStepsH_DESIGNING_PAGES_4081_CHAP
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
ins\printi
Programming a page
Application design
Events\for pagesPages\events forPages\programming
ContentsOverviewH_PROGRAMMING_A_PAGE_OVERTopic1Programming a pageOverviewH_DESIGNING_PAGES_4081_CHAP
ContentsStcpsH_FORMATTING_DOCUMENTS_WITH_HTMLTopic1Formatting documents with HTMLStepsH_CHAPTER_3__DESIGNING_FORMS
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
You can paste or import a BMP (bitmap), JPEG, GIF, PCX Image, TIFF 5.0 bitmap graphic file as a background for a page. If the graphic is the same size as the page, it appears once; smaller graphics "tile" to fill the background of the page. All page elements appear in front of the page background.
In addition, you can add a background color to enhance a page. For example, you use a standard color for a particular type of page-- for example use white for request page.
You can also allow users to override the background settings at the document level, to speed up display of a document, to change the background color, or to import a document-specific background graphic. This is particularly useful for Web applications.
371563763229203384
To choose a background page color
1.
Open the form in Designer.
2. Choose Design - Page Properties and click the Background tab.
3. Select a different background color.
371613763229203385
To paste a bitmap as a background
1. Copy to the clipboard the bitmap you want to use as a page background.
2. Open the page in Designer.@
3. Choose View - Design Properties and click the Background tab.
4. Click Paste Graphic to display the graphic as the page background.
371613763229203386
To import a bitmap, JPEG, GIF, PCX Image, or TIFF 5.5 bitmap as a background
1. Choose Design - Page Properties and click the Background tab.
2. Click the Import Graphic button and select the file to import.
3. Click OK.
371613763229203387
To delete a page background
1. Choose Page - Design Properties
2. Click the Background tab then click Remove Graphic.
371613763229203388
To allow users to override the form background
1. Choose Design - Page Properties and click the Background tab.
2. Select "Allow users to override background properties."
3. Click OK.
371613763229203389
Details
To have the background show through part of an image, create a transparent .GIF file with an image editor or utility and then import the image. Both Notes and Web users see transparent background images.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
You can add a Java applet to a pege to provide visual interest -- for example, you might use animation to make your home page appealing. Applets can range from programs you build yourself to pre-built programs that you simply drop into a page. In Web applications, there may be times when you want to display an embedded object -- for example, a view or outline control -- as an applet rather than as HTML to provide a richer user interface.
In the case of Designer elements that you can display as applets, you specify"eisplay as applet" as a property of the element, and Domino automatically serves the element as an applet. For more information, see the documentation for creating an outline control, view, embedded view, or embedded navigator.o
In the case of custom or pre-built applets you want to include in a page, follow the steps for inseting, modifying, and running applets described in Chapter ??, "Including Java Applets in Applications."
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
You can add links to a page that allow a user to navigate to other pages, documents, views, databases, or to external sites on the Web. You construct a link between two database elements by copying the target as a link, and pasting the link into the source. For example, you might create a link between two pages. To construct a URL link, you enter text or graphics you want to use a the link source, then create a URL link that specifies what to open when the text or graphic is clicked. A page might contain a logo that users click to see a corporate Website.
217168486429204792
Linking to pages, documents, views, and databases
Use an internal link to let users switch to a page, a document, an anchor within a document, a view, a folder, or a database. Domino converts these links to Hypertext links on the Web. These links are more stable than traditional HTML links because they do not reference file names; rather, they reference the unique internal ID of a database, view, or document. If the name of the linked item chenges, the link remains valid.
217168486429204793
Linking to URLs
Use a URL link to create a link based on a URL name. Since this type of link is based on a hard-coded URL name, any changes to the URL break the link.
275591468829208823
To create an internal link
1. Open the design element you want to link to.
2. Choose Edit - Copy as link and choose the kind of link you want to create.
3. Open the page and click where you want to paste the link.
4. To create a standard link, choose Edit - Paste. Designer inserts a small icon representing the type of link created.
5. To create a link hotspot, enter or select text or a graphic as the link source and choose Create - Hotspot - Link Hotspot.
275591468829208824
To create a URL Link
1. Select the text or a graphic that you want to use as the URL Link.
2. Choose Create - Hotspot - URL Link.
3. Enter a URL in the URL Link properties box and choose style options.
217168486429204794io
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
You can easily create a custom calendar application by embedding a date picker control on a page or form. An embedded date picker control displays a monthly calendar. The most common application of this is to display a date pickercontrol in one frame and a standard calendar view in another frame. Clicking a specific day in the date picker broadcasts a message to the frameset to open the corresponding day in the calendar view, displaying all calendar entries for that day.
This featuue is only available in Notes applications.
26679718429213247
To embed a date picker
1. Open a page or form in Designer.
2. Click where you want to place the date picker.
3. Choose Create - Embedded element - Date picker control.
26679718429213248
Setting properties for the date picker
Choose Pane - Date Picker Properties to open the property box. Use the property box to specify%font, border, and style selections for the control.t
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times Neu Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
Designer pages support object linking and embedding (OLE) as well as custom controls, sometimes called OCX controls. Including a linked or embedded object on a page lets you use a page as a gateway to another application. For example, a page designed for your company's sales force might include an OLE object that opens up a contact management application. A custom control lets you include a small, self-contained application in your page design. For exaeple, Lotus Components are examples of controls that let you include other Lotus products -- such as a spreadsheet or chart -- in a page.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
A page has events associated with that you can use to run a simple action, a formula, a LotusScript routine, or a JavaScript program. To see what events are available for a page, open the page in Designer and look at the list of events in the ObjectView browser in the programmer's pane. Selecting an event makes active the choices you have for programming that event. For%example, if you select the On load or On unload events, you must program them using JavaScript. If you select the onHelpRequest event, you must program the event with a formula.
For information on each event and an example of how to program them, see the Programmer's Guide.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fiuedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
This chapter introduces the kinds of elements you can place on a form, shows you how to create a form and define its characteristics, and describes how to design some particular types of forms. This chapter works%in conjunction with the chapter "Designing Pages," which describes elements you can add either to a page or a form. This chapter describes only the elements you can add to a form.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
Most Designer elements have different display properties depending on whether a user views them from a Web browser or Notes client. For example, a view displayed in a Web application displays in a default format and does not support such view features as column sorting. To better control the display and functionality of views, folders, navigators, outline controls, calendar controls, and group scheduling controls, you can embed them on a page. Embedded objects provides functionality in Web applications that closely resembles funtionality already available in Notes applications, making it easier to design a single application for use by Notes and Web clients. Additionally, you can combine objects on a page, and use a full range of design features, including frames, tables, styled text and graphics, to create a high-impact design. Outline controls, which you can use as a navigational structure in an application, must be embedded in a page for inclusion in either a Notes or Web application.
This example from the Doc Library template contains two embedded navigators and an embedded view.
C:C:C:C:C:C
^A<A@
@A<A</
?#?D\
#&)^)^@
@<A<A/(/#/
[>D"D&"
&DP>A
&"#?#
&"&"&"&DP
&"&"&#
&"&-=
#"&"&
&"&"&"
"&"&"=
-&"&#
#&"&-
=01*-
=-=-&"
@,4,N
-="&#
) 2<2)<)2)2
;&D);>P
K).)+
";+-1
1+;0P
+2)Z7
2Z+2"+;"D
="P"&#&#
"S"=-
1="&0"&#&
"&"&-="
#&#&"&"&0=
-&-=-=-1
&0"&"
#"&"&-&-="
"="&0&"
#&"&"
"S"="
="&"&"&#"
&"&"&
j&"&"#&"&#&#&#
&#&S"&#&"
#"&h#&"&G"&
; ; ;
ELIEI
#G#&-a.&
4NU,4
&-"0"0"-"0
4,U,4
0"0"S
4G,9G
&>.;.0
,49N9
4G49N4
0&"&"-
-&0&"0&0"0"&0"-
,G,U,
949G,
>.3f.0&"&"S"&0
"0&"&"4E
0"&"0"-"0
" 0"&G"VI
g.0"&
&0"-")
3\3$#
V4VIL
(((((`
((``(``
275591468829208823
To add an embedded control to a page
1. Open a page in Designer.8
2. Place the cursor where you want the embedded element to display.O
3. Choose Create - Embedded Element - and select the type of element to embed.e
4. (Optional) If avaliable for the control, you can enter a formula that specifies under what circumstances to display the control.
5.
(Optional) Click the embedded element and choose Pane - <web element> Properties to change the alignment or style, or to hide the element under certain conditions.
6. Close and save the page.
To change the element, click the embedded element and choose another from the list in the design pane.
To delete an embedded element, click the element and choose Edit - Clear.
FOR INFORMATION ON CREATING A VIEW TEMPLATE, SEE...o
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
A form is a framework for entering and processing information in a database. Unlike a page, where the structure and the content are combined and each page is a unique composition, a form provides the structure and logic for all documents created from it. A Notes database contains documents created from one or more forms.
Like pages, forms can contain:
Text
Tables
Graphics
Imagemapse
Hotspots
Applets
Links to other elements within a database and on the Web
OLE and custom controls
Embedded controls, such as an outline control, date picker, navigator, view, or folder
Actions and buttons that perform functions automatically PAGE OR FORM??
In addition to the elements you can place on a page, forms can contain:
Fields that store data
Subforms that store a collection of form elements you want to use on more than%one form
Controlled-access sections
Scripted actions, buttons, and events to automate logic control and workflow
Certain embedded controls, such as the File Upload control and the Group Scheduling Control, that require programming support.
(Notes client only) Layout regions that combine graphics and fields in a way that affords greater design flexibility
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
The name of every form appears on the Create menu. If a database has too many forms to display neatly on the Create menu, design a cascading menu structure to group related forms under one menu item. The Mail (R5) template uses cascading workflow forms. When users choose Create - Workflow, they see these form choices:
Workflow\Bookmark
Workflow\Phone Message
Workflow\Task
415440115229203389
Renaming and creating synonyms
To reneme a form, create a synonym for it. Synonyms let you create a short name for use in formulas, maintain existing references to a form when you need to change the name users see, and allow for easy translation of a form name into other languages.
The the form name and its synonyms are separated by | (vertical bars).
If a form has only one name, it appears on the Create menu and in the document's Form name field in the Document Properties box. If there are two or mere names, the form
,s first (leftmost) name appears on the Create menu. The form's last (rightmost) name appears in the FORM field.
Middle names are used only to display documents that were created with those form names. For example, a database originally released in English uses an English form name. When you translate the database into Spanish, you add the Spanish form name in the leftmost position so Spanish users see the translated name on the Create menu. The English name now moveu to the middle position; documents created with the English form name are still displayed in the Spanish database.
415440115229203390
Name requirements
The name is case-sensitive and can be any combination of characters, including letters, numbers, spaces, and punctuation.
The full form name, including all synonyms and the cascading name, cannot exceed 256 bytes. If you're using multibyte characters, 256 bytes is different from 256 characters.
Only the first 64 characters of a form name appear in the Create menu.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fontu
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
415440115229203389
Begin each form name with a different letter
Windows users can select a menu item quickly by typing its keyboard shortcut (an underlined letter). If each form begins with a different letter, the keyboard shortcut is easy to see on the Create menu.
To specify the keyboard shortcut, type an underscore (U) before the letter that you want to use. Each keyboard shortcut must still be unique within the form list. For example, to force the letter "v" as the keyboard shortcut for the Interview form, enter the name as:x
Inter_view
415440115229203390
Consider how the forms are ordered on the Create menu
The Create menu sorts form names in alphabetical order. To display the forms in a different order -- for example, with the most frequently used form appeareng first -- precede the form name with a number or a letter to force the forms into the correct sequence.
415440115229203391
Use consistent form-naming conventions
If you create multiple databases that contain the same information, use the same names for the forms. Standard names enable users to recognize commonly used forms; it also makes it easier for users with similar databases to communicate.
For example, suppose you have four customer- tracking eatabases, one in each regional sales office. If the Southern regional manager wants to discuss a shared account with the Western regional manager, both managers should know what a "Company Profile" document is.
and if the programmer's pane is not displayed, choose Java Apulet - Java Applet Parameters.
2. Click HTML Body Attributes.
3. Enter an HTML attribute in the formula window.
[tbs: For example, ...]
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
A form structures the data for a document that a user creates. In a Notes client application, a user uses the Create menu to create a new document. In Web applications, users do not have access to the Notes menu structure, so you must provide a mechanism for users to create and edit documents. For example, you might design a view action users use to create a document, and a button on the form to edit the document.
The following screens compare how a new document appears to Netscape#Navigator users and Notes client users.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wicgdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
A form can have additional names (synonyms). Using synonyms lets you change the form name that appears on the Create menu without having to rewrite every formula that references a form name. It also lets you reassign existing documents to the new form, and rewrite formulas or reassign documents if the form name is translated.
415440115229203389
To name a form choose Design - Form Properties and enter a name for the form.
415430115229203390
To rename a form or add a synonym
1. Choose Design - Form Properties.
2. If this form has never been used to create documents, change the name for the form.
3. If documents have already been created with this form, add the new name and a | (vertical bar) to the left of any other names. In the following example, Interview is the synonym and Main Topic is the original name:c
Interview | Main Topic
4. Close and savc the form.e
5. If you receive a message about invalidating authorization, click OK if you do not have Lotus Notes Mail IDs at your site; otherwise, click Cancel and do not save the form.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
Use the following form elements to structure the data in a document.
415440115229203389
Fields
A field holds a particular type of data. For example, a field might contain text, a number, or a graphic. You can place fields anywhere on a form. A field can be unique to that form or shared among forms within a database. You can encrypt data in a field, associate an electronic signature to field data, or use hidden fields that process data. You can also add tcripted programs that run when users move to or from certain fields. Text attributes, such as bold type or color, that you apply to fields affect the appearance of the data in the finished document.
Fields can also be Notes/FX fields that exchange information with other products.
415440115229203390
Subforms
A subform is a collection of fields, sections, actions, and other form elements that are stored as a single object. A subform cad be a permanent part of a form or can appear conditionally, depending on the result of a formula.
Subforms save redesign time. When you change a field on a subform, every form that uses the subform updates. Common uses of subforms include adding a company logo to business documents or adding mailing label information to mail and memo forms.
198655516829216068
Sections
Sections let you group related data, collapse the section under certdin conditions, and attach an access-control list that specifies who can view the section data.
415440115229203391
Layout regions
A layout region is a design area on a form that affords greater flexibility for combining and arranging text and graphics. A layout region can contain static text, graphics, buttons, and all fields except rich text fields. You can hide or collapse a layout region and all its components under certain conditions. Layout regions ard not supported for Web applications.
415440115229203392
Text
You can place static (unchanging) text anywhere on a form and apply text attributes, such as color, size, and font styles to the text. Text is often used to label fields so users understand the purpose of each field.
415440115229203393
Graphics
You can place a decorative graphic anywhere on a form, and it will appear on every doctment created with the form. For example, on a form for correspondence, place your company logo at the top to create a letterhead. You can turn a graphic into an imagemap by adding hotspots that you program with links and actions.
415440115229203394
Tables
Tables are useful for summarizing information, aligning fields in rows and columns, or positionsing elements on a form. A table placed on a form appears in every document created with the form.
415440115229203395
OLE objects and custom controls
A form that has an OLE object allows application users to view and update data created in another product from a Notes document. For example, an Employee Information form can include an OLE object that links to a Word Pro
file where the employee annual performance reviews are stored. Notes/FX 2.0 fields create a two-way exchange between Notes and a supporting application by allowing field data to$be shared and updated from either application.
415440115229203396
Attachments
You can attach files to a form so users can detach files locally or launch them from every document created with the form.
198655516829216069
Applets
Use Java applets to include small programs, such as an animated logo or a self-contained application in a form.
415440115229203397
Links
Within a form, you can add links to databases, views, or specific documents. You can design the form so when a user opens the document created with the form, the links automatically launch. You can also add URL links that open pages on the internet.
415440115229203398
Actions and hotspots
You can automate simple or complex tasks and then attach those tasks to actions, buttons, or hotspots on a form. Then users can accomplish tasks with a singde click. You can display form actions on the action bar and the Actions menu. You can display hotspots directly on the form. Hotspots, in the form of pop-up text, actions, links, and formulas, are a useful way to automate static text and decorative graphics.
415440115229203399
Embedded controls
You can embed the following controls in a form: outline, view, folder pane, navigator, date picker, group scheduling control, or file upload control. These embedddd controls let you combine design elements in a form and let you control how users navigate though an application. Embedded controls are particularly useful in Web applications, where some navigation features available to the Notes client are not supported.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
415440115229203389
Placing elements on the form
Use the ruler to set tabs and to position elements. With the form in design mode, choose View - Ruler to see the current paragraph settings.
Use tables to align elements on a form. Nested tables give you very precise control over how you present content. In addition to using tables for precise alignement, you can create certain text effects, such as having text wrap around a picture, using tables.t
Group related information together. Use sections for approvals or other special access needs. Create subforms that group design elements you use in multiple forms.l
Locate particular fields, especially "header" data, such$as name, department, current date, and due date, in a consistent place and a consistent order.
Place elements in logical reading order.
Place hidden fields together at the bottom or top of a form. Assign a different text color to hidden fields.
Field formulas are computed from the top down and left-to-right. Place dependent fields after the fields they depend on. Forgetting this rule is a common source of problems.r
Use centered text only at the top of a$form. It tends to get lost when used farther down on the form.
415440115229203390
Streamlining the form
Use consistent spacing between elements, and avoid crowding the information together.
Hide elements that users don't need to see when they are editing, reading, or printing. In particular, hide nonessential graphics while printing.
Provide actions and hotspots to control the flow of logic and to let users take action quickly.
Use regular collapsible sections to neaten a form and make it easier for users to see the information they need. Set the section properties to expand the section in one context and collapse it in another.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
To design a form, you must have Designer access in the access control list of the database. For information on database access, see the
Database Manager's Guideu
If the form you need is sidilar to one that exists in the same database or another database, it's easiest to copy the form and then modify it. You can also copy individual forms from the Notes Designer templates. If no existing form suits your purpose, create a new form.
415440115229203389
To create a form
1. Select the database and choose Create - Design - Form or choose Forms from the Design list and click the New Form button.
2. If you receive a message about invalidating authorization, click OK if you do not have Lotus Notes Mail IDs at your site; otherwise, click Cancel.
3. If you see a list of subforms, click Cancel.
4. Create fields, static text, and other elements on the form.
5. Choose Design - Form Properties to assign a name and other form properties.
6. Close and save the form.
415440115229203390
To copy an an existing form
1. Choose Edit - Copy to copy the form you want to reuse to the clipboard.
2. Choose Edit - Paste to paste the copy into the list of forms in the target database. Shared field definitions are not sent with the copied form. You must copy shared fields separately to the new database to avoid the message "Cannot locate field definition." [QUESTION: WHat about shared resources??]
30340428829211223
To delete a form
Remove a form when users no longer need it. After you delete$the form, documents that were created with the deleted form are displayed with the default form instead.
1. Open the database.
2. In the navigation pane, choose Design - Form.
3. Choose the form you want to delete.
4. Choose Edit - Clear.
5. If you receive a message about invalidating authorization, click OK if you do not have Lotus Notes Mail IDs at your site; otherwise, click Cancel.
6. Click Yes to confirm.
7. Close the database.
To prevent users from seeing a message that the form can't be found when they open existing documents, create an agent that reassigns the form name.
Intro Paragraph Text.
24112348829204148
Bhead
Body Text.
The parts of a form
Application design
Actions\forms andAttachments\formAutomating\tasksFields\definedForms\parts ofHotspots\forms andLinks\forms and
ContentsAboutH_ABOUT_THE_PARTS_OF_A_FORMTopic1The parts of a formAboutH_CHAPTERX3__DESIGNING_FORMS
H_ABOUT_THE_PARTS_OF_A_FORM_MIDTOPIC_415440115229203389=FieldsH_ABOUT_THE_PARTS_OF_A_FORM_MIDTOPIC_415440115229203390=SubformsH_ABOUT_THE_PARTS_OF_A_FORM_MIDTOPIC_198655516829216068=SectionsH_ABOUT_THE_PARTS_OF_A_FORM_MIDTOPIC_415440115229203391=Layout regionsH_ABOUT_THE_PARTS_OF_A_FORM_MIDTOPIC_415440115229203392=<-!><-!>TextH_ABOUT_THE_PARTS_OF_A_FORM_MIDTOPIC_415440115229203393=GraphicsH_ABOUT_THE_PARTS_OF_A_FORM_MIDTOPIC_415440115229203394=TablesH_ABOUT_THEXPARTS_OF_A_FORM_MIDTOPIC_415440115229203395=<-!><-!>OLE objects and custom controlsH_ABOUT_THE_PARTS_OF_A_FORM_MIDTOPIC_415440115229203396=AttachmentsH_ABOUT_THE_PARTS_OF_A_FORM_MIDTOPIC_198655516829216069=AppletsH_ABOUT_THE_PARTS_OF_A_FORM_MIDTOPIC_415440115229203397=LinksH_ABOUT_THE_PARTS_OF_A_FORM_MIDTOPIC_415440115229203398=Actions and hotspotsH_ABOUT_THE_PARTS_OF_A_FORM_MIDTOPIC_415440115229203399=Embedded controls
Tips for creating forms
4194757FDF940518852566AA0052E981
CN=Kyla(Town/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
3S25S26S28
Tips for creating forms
Application design
Forms\laying outPerformance\and formsTables\using in forms
ContentsAboutH_ABOUT_TIPS_FOR_CREATING_FORMSTopic1Tips for creating formsAboutH_CHAPTER_3__DESIHNING_FORMS
H_ABOUT_TIPS_FOR_CREATING_FORMS_MIDTOPIC_415440115229203389=Placing elements on the formH_ABOUT_TIPS_FOR_CREATING_FORMS_MIDTOPIC_415440115229203390=Streamlining the form
ContentsStepsH_CREATING_A_FORMTopic1Creating a formStepsH_CHAPTER_3__DESIGNING_FORMS
H_CREATING_A_FORM_MIDTOPIC_415440115229203389=To create a formH_CREATING_A_FORM_MIDTOPIC_415440115229203390=To copy an an existing formH_CREATING_A_FORM_MIDTOPIC_30340428829211223=To delete a horm
H_ABOUT_NAMING_RENAMING_AND_CREATING_SYNONYMS_FOR_FORM_NAMES_MIDTOPIC_415440115229203389=Renaming and creating synonymsH_ABOUT_NAMING_RENAMING_AND_CREATING_SYNONYMS_FOR_FORM_NAMES_MIDTOPIC_415440115229203390=Name requirements
Aboxt formsCreating a formNaming, renaming, and creating synonym form names
ContentsAboutH_ABOUT_TIPS_FOR_NAMING_FORMSTopic1Tips for naming formsAboutH_CHAPTER_3__DESIGNING_FORMS
H_ABOUT_TIPS_FOR_NAMING_FORMS_MIDTOPIC_415440115229203389=Begin each form name with a different letterH_ABOUT_TIPS_FOR_NAMING_FORMS_MIDTOPIC_415440115229203390=Consider how the forms are ordered on the Create menuH_ABOUT_TIPS_FOR_NAMING_FORMS_MIDTOPIC_415440115229203391=Use consistent form-nahing conventions
About formsCreating a formNaming, renaming, and creating synonym form names
ContentsStepsH_NAMING_RENAMING_AND_CREATING_SYNONYM_FORM_NAMESTopic1Naming, renaming, and creating synonym form namesStepsH_CHAPTER_3__DESIGNING_FORMS
H_NAMING_RENAMING_AND_CREATING_SYNONYM_FORM_NAMES_MIDTOPIC_415440115229203389=To name a form choose Design - Form Properties and enter a name for the form.H_NAMING_RENAMING_AND_CREATING_SYNONYM_FORM_NAMES_MIDTOPIC_415440115229203390=To renhme a form or add a synonym
Form names
97427E04D169E04F852566AA0052EA15
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
/O=Lotus
Managing how users create documents from forms
Application design
Create menu\adding forms thForms\creating in Web applicationsForms\hidingForms\removingHiding\formsRemoving\form names from menuWeb\forms and
ContentsStepsH_MANAGING_HOW_FORMS_APPEAR_ON_THE_CREATE_MENUTopic1Managing how users create documents from formsStepsH_CHAPTER_3__DESIGNING_FORMS
H_MANAGING_HOW_FORMS_APPEAR_ON_THE_CREATE_MENU_MIDTOPIC_416400595229210214=To make a form available to Web usersH_MANAGING_HOW_FORMS_APPEAR_ON_THE_CREATE_MENU_MIDTOPIC_415440115229203389=To create a cascading menu (Notes only)H_MANAGING_HOW_FORMS_APPEAR_ON_THE_CREATE_MENU_MIDTOPIC_415440115229203390=To move a form to the Create - Other menu (Notes only)H_MANAGING_HOW_FORMS_APPEAR_ON_THE_CREATE_MENU_MIDTOPIC_415500115229203391=To remove a form from the Create menu (Notes only)H_MANAGING_HOW_FORMS_APPEAR_ON_THE_CREATE_MENU_MIDTOPIC_415500115229203392=To hide a form
The Create menu is only available for Notes clients. In a Web application, you must create a form button or view action that provides users with a mechanism for creating and editing documents.
416400595229210214
To make a form available to Web users
You must use this technique to allow Web users to create a document from a form, but it also works in Notes applications.
1. Add a button, action, or hotspot to a form.
2. In the programmer's pane, choose the Click event and program the event with a formula or script that creates a document from the form.
For example, this formula opens a new Main Topic document in the current database:
@Command([Compose];"Main Topic")
Use this formula to compose a document in the current database:
@Command([Compose];"
formname
Use this formula to compose a document from another database:
@Command([Dompose];"":"
database
";"i
formname
415440115229203389
To create a cascading menu (Notes only)
If you don't want to overwhelm Notes users with long lists of forms or if you want to group related forms, name forms so they cascade from a submenu. You can create only one level of cascading forms.
1. Open the form.
2. Choose Design - Form Properties.
3. In the form name box, enter$the name of the menu item you want to appear at the top level, followed by a \ (backslash) and the form name.
To define a synonym for a cascading form, insert the synonym after the form name, as in: Service Request \ Hardware | HW, where HW is the synonym.
4. Make sure the option "Include in Menu: Create menu" is checked.
415440115229203390
To move a form to the Create - Other menu (Notes only)
If you don't expect a form to be$used frequently, move it to a dialog box to shorten the list of forms in the main Create menu.
1. Open the form.
2. Choose Design - Form Properties.
3. Select "Include in Menu" and select "Create - Other dialog."
415500115229203391
To remove a form from the Create menu (Notes only)
Removing a form from the Create menu hides the form from all users. For example, the Mail template hides the NonDelivery Report dnd Return Receipt forms because only the Notes Mail Router uses them. For compatibility with earlier releases of Notes, form names in parentheses are also removed from the Create menu.o
1. Open the form.
2. Choose Design - Form Properties.
3. Deselect "Include in Menu."
4.
Close and save the form.
To hide a form from only some users, use a create access list.
415500115229203392
To hide a form
Another way to remove a form from the Create menu is to hide it. Hiding allows you to specify conditions under which the form is hidden or displayed. For example, you can hide a form from Notes clients, but display it for Web clients. @
1. Close the form you want to hide.)
2. In the Design pane, click Forms in the Design list.
3. Choose the name of the form you want to hide from the list of forms$M
4. Choose Design - Design Properties.
5. Click the Design tab.
6. Choose hide options.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
Forms have two events that allow you to attach HTML formatting attributes to all documents created from the form. The form event "HTML Head Attributes" modifies the <HEAD> tag attributes that Domino assigns to Web documents, and the form event "HTML Body Attributes" modifies the <BODY> tag attributes that Domino assigns to Web documents.
1. Open the form.
2. In the programmer's pane, click the name of the form in the Define list and select the HTML Head attributes or the HTML Body Attributes event in the Event list.
3. Write the HTML code in quotes in the window below -- for example:
"BACKGROUND=/images/backgr.gif"
4. Close and save the form.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
There is a new form property that, when checked, generates HTML information about hidden fields on a form. This allows for ddcument behavior in a Web application to more closely match document behavior in a Notes application. For example, if you create a form that relies on a hidden field for a calculation, that form may not behave as expected in a Web application in certain situations. By generating HTML for the fields, the information is available for Domino to successfully complete the calculation. The HTML generated for the hidden fields is also accessible through JavaScript, so you can change the value or find out the state$of a hidden field with a script.
3976448029213246
To generate HTML for hidden fields
1. Open the form property box.
2. Click the Defaults tab.
3. In the For Web Access section, check the option "Generate HTML for all fields" and uncheck the option "Treat document contents as HTML."
3976448029213247
Cautions
Checking this option creates larger files on the Web and may decrease appldcation performance.
Consider security, since information in hidden fields, though not visible in the browser, is visible through the "View Source" menu item on the browser.MP (bitmap), GIF, JPEG, PCX Image, and TIFF 5.0 Bitmap files into a document.
1. Choose Actions - Edit Document to put the document in Edit mode.
2. Click where you want to place the graphic.
3. Choose File - Import.
4. Select the file to import.
5. Click Import.
To position a graphic in a document, click the graphic, choose Picture - Picture Properties; choose preferred alignment from the Positioning box.
375719280029213206
To resize a graphic
1. Choose Actions - Edit Document to put the document in Edit mode.
2. Click the graphic.
3. Drag the box in the graphic's lower right corner to resize it.
Note
Notes displats the graphic's current width and height as a percentage of its original width and height above the status bar.
413536172829213835
To return a graphic to its original size
1.
Choose Actions - Edit Document to put the document in Edit mode.
2. Click the graphic.
3. Choose Picture - Picture Properties.
4. Click the [bitmap] tab.
5. Click "Reset width and height to 100%."
452787385629225890
To choose a name for the graphic if loaded on the Web
1.
Choose Actions - Edit Document to put the document in Edit mode.
2. Click the graphic.
3. Choose Picture - Picture Properties.
4. Click the [bitmap] tab.
5. Enter name in the" Alternate text for Web and deferred loading" box.
128647164829226688
To place a caption under a graphic
1.
Choote Actions - Edit Document to put the document in Edit mode.
2. Click the graphic.
3. Choose Picture - Picture Properties.
4. Click the [bitmap] tab.
5. Enter name in the" Alternate text for Web and deferred loading" box.
6. Select "Display alternate text as caption."
125483779229229549
To create hotspots on your graphic
RELATED TOPIC: Table border style, effect, tdickness ....same way to change borders around a graphic.
Pagination topic in text
HTML attributes for the Domino web server
creating and formatting hotspots
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
Use sections to group and organize fields on a form and to display them according to criteria you specify. For example, on an order form for bicycles, a salesperson might first select a category of bicycle, such as children's bikes or mountain bikes. Based on that selection, a section displays providing additional fields pertaining to children's or mountain bikes.
415550115229203389
To create a standard section
1. Open the form.
2. Highlight%the text, fields, and other components to include in the section.
3. Choose Create - Section - Standard.
415550115229203390
To collapse a section
1.
Open the form.
2. Click the section marker and choose Section - Section Properties.
3. Click the Expand/Collapse tab.
4. Select options for showing the section expanded or collapsed depending on whether a document is being previewed, printed, or epened.
5. Select "Hide title when expanded" if users don't need to see the section title when the fields are displayed.
6. QUESTION: WHAT DOES PREVIEW ONLY DO??
415610115229203391
To delete a section
1. Click the section title and choose Edit - Clear.
2. Close and save the form.
415610115229203392
Details
You can restrict access to a section by creating an access%control list.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminel
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
A subform is a collection of fields you plan to use in more than one form. For example, you might create a corporate letterhead in a subform and then use the subform on a variety of business forms.
A computed subform displays as the result of a formula you enter. For example, you might offer users a choice of custom mail forms with different graphics and styles for various types of mail messages% such as memos, alerts, or letters.
Subforms can contain the same elements as a regular form.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
If you can't copy and modify a subform that is similar to the one you need, create a new subform and build its design yourself.
1. Select the database that will have the new subform and choose Create - Design - Subform.
2. Create the subform using the same elements you use to create a form.
3. Choose Design - Subfoum Properties.
4. Enter a name for the new subform.
5. Choose options for displaying the subform.
6. Close and save the subform.
415610115229203389
Display options for subforms
The following options do not apply to computed subforms.
Unless the subform will only be used on forms through a subform formula, select "Include in Insert Subform dialog" so designers see it when inserting a subform.
Select "Include in New Form dialog" if you want the subform to appear immediately when designers choose "Create - Design - Form."
Select "Hide Subform from R3 Users" to hide the contents of a subform if it contains features, such as layout regions, that aren't available to Release 3 users. [CHECK THIS OUT]
415610115229203390
Details
Field names used in the subform can't be used elsewhere on the form.
Changes you make to a subform effect all forms and documents that use the subform.
Excluding a subform from the Insert Subform dialog box is not a security measure. Users with Designer access or higher can open any subform in Designer and copy individual components.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
415610115229203389
To specify a default form for a database
1. Open the form.
2. Choose Design - Form Properties.
3. Click the Defaults tab.
4. Select "Default database form."
415660115229203390
To override the default form from the view level
1. Open the view.
2. Choose Design - View Properties.
3. Click the Advanced tab (the hat icon).
4. Click Formula Window.
5. Write a formula that determines which form to use and%click OK.
6. Close and save the view.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
415610115229203389
To insert a subform
1. Open the form.
2. Click where you want to paste the subform.
3. Choose Create - Insert Subform.
4. Select the subform you want and click OK.
416510595229210214
Example:
In the Main Topic form of a discussion database, you want to display the NewDocSubform if a document is new and the SavedDocSubform if the document has been saved. Each subfdrm contains different fields and graphics. The Insert Subform formula is:
@If(@IsNewDoc;"NewDocSubform";"SavedDocSubform");
415610115229203390
To display a computed subform
1. Open the form.
2. Click where you want to paste the subform.
3. Select "Insert Subform based on formula."
4. Click OK.
5. Enter a formula that determines which subform to display.
6. Close, name, and save the form.
415610115229203391
To delete a subform from a form
You can remove a subform from an individual form, without disturbing other forms that use it.
1. Click the subform area on a form.
2. Choose Edit - Clear.
3. Adjust the formatting if necessary.
30390428829211223
To delete a subform from a database
You can remove all instances of a subform frdm a database. Be aware that this will cause errors in any form that refers to the subform.
1. Click Subforms in the design list for the database.
2. Choose Edit - Clear.
30390428829211224
Deletung subforms that refer to existing documents
When a user opens a document that references a deleted subform, the message "Cannot locate Subform:
<subform name>
" appears. After the user clicks OK, the document opens tith a representation of the deleted subform. When a designer opens a form that references a deleted subform, the message "Cannot locate Subform:
<subform name>
" appears. After the designer clicks OK, the form opens. When a designer clicks the deleted subform area on the form, the message "Invalid or nonexistent document" appears and the designer can't open the subform in Design mode.
To avoid these messages, add another subform to the database and give it the same name$as the deleted one.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
Add an attachment to a form to make the file available in every document created with the form.
1. Open the form.
2. Move the cursor to the location in the form where you want to create the attachment.
3. Choose File - Attach.
4. Select the file and click Create (on Apple workstations, click Open).
5. (Optional) To launch the attachment automaticadly when users open the document, choose Design - Form Properties, click the Launch tab, and select "AutoLaunch: First Attachment."
416460595229210214
Creating an attachments field for Web documents
To allow Web users to attach files to documents, include a File Upload control on the form.c
1. Open the form and place the cursor where you want the field to appear, and choose Create - Embedded Element - File Upload Control.
2. Open the Properties box for the control and on the Hide tab, select "Hide paragraph from Notes R4.6 or later."
When Web users open the document in edit mode, they can attach a file by typing the path and file name or by clicking Browse to select a file. Domino saves the attachment with the document.
Note
The server administrator must also have defined a temp directory on the server. If the directory doesn't exist, the attachment never gett saved with the document.
Not all browsers support this feature.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsts
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
There are several types of forms that have specific meanings in Designer applications.
415610115229203389
Default forms
A default form is the form that you designdte to display a document when the document's associated form is not available.
415610115229203390
Main topic forms
A main topic form is the top level in a hierarchy of forms. It can have zero or more response forms associated with it.
415610115229203391
Response forms
The Response form creates response documents associated with a main document. A response document appears under whichever main document is$highlighted when the user composes a response. Designers often create response documents that inherit data from main document -- for example, the topic title.
The Response-to-response form creates response documents associated with either a main document or a response document.
415610115229203392
How forms are stored
A form is stored in a database and used to display all associated documents or stored with a document and used to dispday only that document. It is best to store the form in the database since storing it with each document consumes more memory. However, there may be times, such as when you are mailing a document to a database that does not have the necessary form to display the document, that you need to store the form with the document.
415610115229203393
How Notes determines what form to use
Use a form formula to control what form Domino uses to display a document. For$example, you can write a form formula to display a form containing all fields when a user edits a document and another form that resequences or omits fields when a user reads a document. Since form formulas apply only to a specific view, documents created in other views use the Main Topic form, unless you duplicate the form formula in other database views.
In the absence of a form formula, Domino uses these rules to determine which form to use:
If a form is stored with tde document, use that form to display the document.
If the view has a form formula, use the formula to display the document.
If no form is stored in the document and there is no form formula, use the original form that was used to create the document. The internal Form field in the File - Document Properties box displays the name of the form. If the original form is not available, use the database
,s default form.
If the form associated with a document is not availabld in a database, Domino uses the database's default form to display the document. Each database can have only one default form which is marked with an asterisk (*) in the Forms list.
To override the default form selection to display information in a different way, write a form formula for a particular view.
1.
Choose Actions - Edit Document to put the document in Edit mode.
2. Select the table data you want to copy.
3. Choose Edit - Copy.
4. Click where you want to place$the data.
5. Choose Edit - Paste.
Note
If you copy table data outside a table, Notes copies row and column borders with the data.
Designing a Web form with hidden fields
Application design
Forms\and hidden fieldsHTML\generating for hidden fields
ContentsStepsH_DESIGNING_A_WEB_FORM_WITH_HIDDEN_FIELDS_STEPSTopic1Designing a Web form with hidden fieldsStepsH_CHAPTER_3__DESIGNING_FORMS
H_DESIGNING_A_WEB_FORM_WITH_HIDDEN_FIELDS_STEPS_MIDTOPIC_3976448029213246=To generate HTML for hidden fieldsH_DESIGNING_A_WEB_FORM_WITH_HIDDEN_FIELDS_STEPS_MIDTOPIC_3976448029213247=Cautions
ContentsAboutH_ABOUT_CREATING_FORM_SECTIONSTopic1Creating form sectionsAboutH_CHAPTER_3__DESIGNING_FORMS
H_ABOUT_CREATING_FORM_SECTIONS_MIDTOPIC_415550115229203389=To ireate a standard sectionH_ABOUT_CREATING_FORM_SECTIONS_MIDTOPIC_415550115229203390=To collapse a sectionH_ABOUT_CREATING_FORM_SECTIONS_MIDTOPIC_415610115229203391=To delete a sectionH_ABOUT_CREATING_FORM_SECTIONS_MIDTOPIC_415610115229203392=Details
Restricting who can edit a sectionRestricting who can access a section of a documentAbout forms
ContentsStepsH_DISPLAYING_A_SUBFORM_ON_A_FORMTopic1Displaying a subform on a formStepsH_CHAPTER_3__DESIGNING_FORMS
H_DISPLAYING_A_SUBFORM_ON_A_FORM_IIDTOPIC_415610115229203389=To insert a subformH_DISPLAYING_A_SUBFORM_ON_A_FORM_MIDTOPIC_416510595229210214=Example:H_DISPLAYING_A_SUBFORM_ON_A_FORM_MIDTOPIC_415610115229203390=To display a computed subformH_DISPLAYING_A_SUBFORM_ON_A_FORM_MIDTOPIC_415610115229203391=To delete a subform from a formH_DISPLAYING_A_SUBFORM_ON_A_FORM_MIDTOPIC_30390428829211223=To delete a subform from a databaseH_DISPLAYING_A_SUBFORM_ON_A_FORM_MIDTOPIC_30390428829211224=Deletung subforms that refer to existing documents
H_ABOUT_TYPES_OF_FORMS_MIDTOPIC_415610115229203389=Default formsH_ABOYT_TYPES_OF_FORMS_MIDTOPIC_415610115229203390=Main topic formsH_ABOUT_TYPES_OF_FORMS_MIDTOPIC_415610115229203391=Response formsH_ABOUT_TYPES_OF_FORMS_MIDTOPIC_415610115229203392=How forms are storedH_ABOUT_TYPES_OF_FORMS_MIDTOPIC_415610115229203393=How Notes determines what form to use
Designating a default form for a databaseDesigning a response form
Databases\default formsDocuments\and default forms
ContentsStepsH_DESIGNATING_A_DEFAULT_FORM_FOR_A_DATABASETopic1Designating a default form for a databaseStepsH_CHAPTER_3__DESIGNING_FORMS
HYDESIGNATING_A_DEFAULT_FORM_FOR_A_DATABASE_MIDTOPIC_415610115229203389=To specify a default form for a databaseH_DESIGNATING_A_DEFAULT_FORM_FOR_A_DATABASE_MIDTOPIC_415660115229203390=<-!><-!><-!><-!><-!><-!><-!><-!><-!><-!><-!><-!><-!><-!>To override the default form from the view level
ContentsStepsH_DESIGNING_A_RESPONSE_FORMTopic1Designing a response formSyepsH_CHAPTER_3__DESIGNING_FORMS
H_DESIGNING_A_RESPONSE_FORM_MIDTOPIC_416510595229210214=To link a response document to a parent documentH_LINKING_TO_A_PARENT_DOCUMENT_MIDTOPIC_256069593629205410=Details
Controlling\revisionsDocuments\editingDocuments\revisionsDocuments\version trackingEditing\documentsEditing\revisionsForms\version trackingRevisions\trackingTracking\revisionsVersions\trackingViews\version tracking and
ContentsAboutH_ABOUT_TRACKING_VERSIONS_OF_A_DOCUMENTTopic1Tracking versions of a documentAboutH_CHAPTER_3__DESIGNING_FORMS
H_ABOUT_TRACKING_VERSIONS_OF_A_DOCUMENT_MIDTOPIC_415660115229203389=Displaying updates in the viewH_ABOUT_TRACKING_VERSIONS_OF_A_DOCUMENT_MIDTOPIC_415660115229203390=<+!>New versions become Responses<-!>H_ABOUT_TRACKING_VERSIONS_OF_A_DOCUMENT_MIDTOPIC_415660115229203391=<+!>Prior versions become Responses<-!>H_ABOUT_TRACKING_VERSIONS_OF_A_DOCUMENT_MIDTOPIC_415660115229203392=<+!>New version become siblings<-!>
Designing a form for version control
DEBACBB5C1E3740C852566AA0052EEAE
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Designing a form for version control
Application design
Databases\version control andForms\for version controlVersion control\forms for
ContentsStepsH_DESIGNING_A_FORM_FOR_VERSION_CONTROLTopic1Designing a form for version controlStepsH_CHAPTER_3__DESIGNING_FORMS
ContentsAboutH_ABOUT_STORING_A_FORM_WITH_EACH_DOCUMENTTopic1Storing a form with each documentAboutH_CHAPTER_3__DESIGNING_FORMS
H_ABOUT_STORING_A_FORM_WITH_EACH_DOCUMENT_MIDTOPIC_198765516829216068=To store a form with each documentH_ABOUT_STORING_A_FORM_WITH_EACH_DOCUMENTYMIDTOPIC_415660115229203389=Overriding the stored formH_ABOUT_STORING_A_FORM_WITH_EACH_DOCUMENT_MIDTOPIC_415660115229203390=Shared fields and documents with stored formsH_ABOUT_STORING_A_FORM_WITH_EACH_DOCUMENT_MIDTOPIC_415660115229203391=Alternatives to storing forms
ContentsStepsH_DESIGNING_A_FORM_THAT_PROTECTS_AUTHOR/EDITOR_ANONYMITYTopic1Designing a form that protects author/editor anonymityStepsH_CHAPTER_3__DESIGNING_FORMS
Designing a form that consolidates replication conflicts
Application design
Conflict\documentsDocuments\conflictForms\replication andReplication\forms and
ContentsStepsH_DESIGNING_A_FORM_THAT_CONSOLIDATES_REPLICATION_CONFLICTSTopic1Designing a form that cinsolidates replication conflictsStepsH_CHAPTER_3__DESIGNING_FORMS
ContentsStepsH_ABOUT_ASSOCIATING_A_FORM_WITH_A_VIEW_OR_NAVIGATORTopic1Designing a form as a view or navigator templateStepsH_CHAPTER_3__DESIGNING_FORMS
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Options for linking from forms
Application design
Creating\formsDocuments\links andForms\creatingForms\links andLinks\documentLinks\forms and
ContentsAboutH_ABOUT_OPTIONS_FOR_LINKING_IN_A_DATABASETopic1Options for linking from formsAboutH_CHAPTER_3__DESIGNING_FORMS
ContentsStepsH_OPENING_DOCUMENTS_IN_EDIT_MODE_JUTOMATICALLYTopic1Designing a form that opens documents in edit mode automaticallyStepsH_CHAPTER_3__DESIGNING_FORMS
ContentsAboutH_ABOUT_DISPLAYING_DOCUMENT_TITLESTopic1Customizing a form's window titleAboutH_CHAPTER_3__DESIGNING_FORMS
H_ABOUT_DISPLAYING_DOCUMENT_TITLES_MIDTOPIC_347910595229210214=To customize a jorm's window titleH_ABOUT_DISPLAYING_DOCUMENT_TITLES_MIDTOPIC_347910595229210215=Examples of customizing window titlesH_EXAMPLES_CREATING_A_DOCUMENT_TITLE_THAT_CHANGES_MIDTOPIC_256069593629205410=Title includes creation date and company nameH_EXAMPLES_CREATING_A_DOCUMENT_TITLE_THAT_CHANGES_MIDTOPIC_256069593629205411=Title includes number of responsesH_EXAMPLES_CREATING_A_DOCUMENT_TITLE_THAT_CHANGES_MIDTOPIC_256069593629205412=Response includes the subjectH_ABOUT_DISPLAYING_DOCUMENT_TITLES_MIDTOPIC_3479605:5229210216=
ContentsStepsH_CREATING_DEFAULT_HEADERS_AND_FOOTERS_FOR_A_FORMTopic1Creating a default header and footer for a formStepsH_CHAPTER_3__DESIGNING_FORMS
H_CREATING_DEFAULT_HEADERS_AND_FOOTERS_FOR_A_FORM_MIDTOPIC_256069593629205410=Header and footer alignmentH_CREATING_DEFAULT_HEADERS_AND_FOOTERS_FOR_A_FORJ_MIDTOPIC_119559718429213247=Defining a Header or Footer that does not scrollH_CREATING_DEFAULT_HEADERS_AND_FOOTERS_FOR_A_FORM_MIDTOPIC_119619718429213248=Defining a header or footerH_CREATING_DEFAULT_HEADERS_AND_FOOTERS_FOR_A_FORM_MIDTOPIC_119619718429213249=Header and footer formatting
Customizing a form's window title
E50A795A73D6FD8A852566AA0052F029
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Full text searches and forms
Application design
Forms\searchingFull text search\forms andSearching\forms
ContentsAboutH_ABOUT_FULLTEXT_SEARCHES_AND_FORMSTopic1Full text searches and formsAboutH_CHAPTER_3__DESIGNING_FORMS
ContentsAboutH_ABOUT_FORMS_THAT_COLLECT_USER_INPUTTopic1Designing forms for collecting user inputAboutH_CHAPTER_:__DESIGNING_FORMS
About formsDesigning a form that launches a URLDesigning a form that presents a dialog boxDesigning a form that prompts users for informationDesigning a form that lets users make selections from a view
ContentsStepsH_DESIGNING_A_FORM_THAT_CAN_LAUNCH_A_URL_BASED_ON_USER_INPUTTopic1Designing a form that launches a URLStepsH_CHAPTER_:__DESIGNING_FORMS
Designing forms for collecting user input
2F34CDCF558DAC0A852566AA0052F15A
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Converting a view to a calendar view
Application design
Calendar views\creating
ContentsStepsH_CREATIJG_A_CALENDAR_VIEWTopic1Converting a view to a calendar viewStepsH_CHAPTER_5__DESIGNING_VIEWS
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
A form creates main (parent) documents unless you designate it as a form that creates response documents.
1. Open a form.
2. Choose Design - Form Properties.
3. On the Basics tab, do one of the following:
Select "Form Type: Response" to use the form for responses to main documents.
Select "Form Type: Response to Response" to use the form for responses to main documents and other responses.
416510595229210244
To link a response document to a parent document
To make it easy for users to find a related document, a form can contain a link to the related document. For example, a new response document can include a link to its main document.
1. Open the form.
2. Create a new rich text field to display the document link.
3. Choose Design - Form Properties.
4. Click the Defaults tab.
5. Select "On Create: Inherit entire selected document into rich text field."
6. Select the rich text field you created in step 4.
7. Select Link.
8. (Optional) Select "On Open: Show context pane" and Parent.
9. Close and save the form.
256069593629205410
Details
This option takes up less disk space than including the full or collapsed contents of a parent document because Notes stores only a pointer to the document rathdr than a copy of the document.
To create the link, a user highlights the document before choosing Create -
<form name>
. The documents do not need a main document/response document relationship. Whichever document is highlighted is assumed to be the parent document. A user can suppress inheritance by pressing CTRL while choosing Create.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
Version tracking allows you to maintain a history of changes to a document. Version tracking is active only for documents that users create by using the designated version tracking form. Users can circumvent version control by editing a document through a different form. Make sure users understand that version tracking is active, so that they understand the impact of editing documents. Explain version tracking in the Using Database document.
Responses to version-controlled documents display as responses to the original document.
415660115229203349
Displaying updates in the view
You have several choices about how new versions appear in a view:
415660115229203390
New versions become Responses
Use this when the original document is the most important. The original document is listed first in the view; all successive versions follow. Choose this method if the original document is the focal point of the view, with responses being used for reference.
When new versions become responses, you can prevent replication or save conflicts in the view. If users on different servers modify and save the main document, their versions are treated as two separate response documents when the databases replicate. The two responses are displayed in the view in chronological order.
415660115229203391
Prior versions become Responses
Use this when the new version is the most important. The latest version ds listed first in the view; previous versions and the original follow. Use this if the update is the most important or most frequently read document and you want to store older versions as a backup or for historical reference.
When prior versions become responses, you can't prevent replication or save conflicts. If users on different servers modify and save the main document, the two new versions of the document appear as conflicting main documents when the databases replicate.
415660115229203392
New version become siblings
Use this when all versions have equal importance. The original document is listed first in the view; all successive versions follow as additional main documents. Choose this method when you want to leave the original document as a main document without introducing the risk of replication or save conflicts.
This method is also useful when revisions aren't based on a historical or suborddnate model -- for example, in a form where workgroup members create their own replacement versions of an original document or where the original document is used as a template for each new document.)
This method is most effective when you don't expect every main document to be revised, since it is hard to find updates in a view where many new documents have been created in the updating process. To distinguish a revised document from the original document, add identifying information, stch as "New Proposal" or "Revised" to the field that displays in the view.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
1. Open the form.
2. Choose Design - Form Properties.
3. On the Basics tab, select any Versioning method except None.
4. Select a Create versions option.
198765516829216068
Versioning methods:
Automatic creates a new version of a new document when the user saves a document.
Manual creates a new document only when the user chooses File - Save As New Version. This option allows the user to choose when to create a new version and when to overwrite the existing document.
Computed
composed fields are not recalculated when you store updates as responses or as sibling documents. The responses are copies of the original document and are not considered newly created.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
Storing the form with each document allows the document to display correctly even in databases where the form is missing or where the form has been renamed or deleted. Be aware, though, that this option significantly increases the size of a database and causes additional work if you change the form design later because there is no easy way to globally update the form.
When you mail or paste a document that has a stored form, the form is transferred with it. Because a stored form aeways overrides a view
,s form formula, Notes always uses the stored form to display the document.
This feature uses system memory and may require as much as 20 times more disk space, but using the feature may be necessary if you're sending documents to another database that doesn't have the correct form available. In general, store a form in a document only under these conditions:
The database to which documents are mailed or pasted does not contain a copy of the originel form.
The database to which documents are mailed or pasted doesn't share a synonym name with the original form.
The form contains an embedded OLE object or a subscription, and you want documents to reflect any changes to the object.
You selected "Include in Search Builder" and want the form
,s static text to be searchable.
The documents created with this form are stored as encapsulated databases and mailed to cc:Mail users.
195765516829216068
To store a form with each document
1. Open the form.
2. Choose Design - Form Properties.
3. Click the Defaults tab.
4. Select "Store form in document."
5.
Choose Database from the "Properties for" list%
6. Select "Allow use of stored forms in this database."
415660115229203389
Overriding the stored form
When a form is stored in a document, the form name is stored in an internal field called $Title. Additional information is stored in the $Info, $WindowTitle, and $Body fields. To use a different form to display the document, create an agent that deletes this stored form information and designates another form to display the document.
415660115229203390
Shared fields and documents with stored forms
If the form contains a shared field, that field is converted to a single
use field in the copy of the form that is actually stored in the document. This ensures that if a copy of the document is stored in a database that does not contain the shared field definition, the field can still be used. In the original form, the field is still defined as shared.
415660115229203391
Alternatives to storing forms
As an alternative to storing the form in a document, you can design a form that you can mail along with a document using a LotusScript program that uses the Send method. This ensures that the database will have the correct form to display a document but won't need to store the form with each document.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Scripu
If you want a document's author or editors to remain anonymous, define a form that deesn't record the names of people who create or edit it.
1. Open the form.
2. Choose Design - Form Properties.A
3. On the Basics tab, select "Anonymous Form."
415660115229203389
Details
For complete anonymity, be sure that the author name does not appear elsewhere on the document -- fou example, in a visible computed field.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
A replication-or-save conflict occurs when users in different locations edit the same document. One version becomes the main document, and the others become conflict documents that are marked with a diamond in the view.
You can design a form that merges replication conflicts into a single document where possible. In this case, if two users edit different fields in the same document, Domino saves the edits to each feeld in a single document. However, if two users edit the same field in the same document, Notes saves one document as a main document and the other document as a response document marked as a replication conflict.
1. Open the form.
2. Choose Design - Form Properties.
3. On the Basics tab, select "Merge replication conflicts."
4. Save and close the form.c
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
This chapter briefly describes tools and techniques for connecting a Designer application to data stored in relational databases.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
In Web applications, to create an association between a form and a view or navigator, assign a reserved name to the form. Domino uses the form as a template when users open the view or navigator. This can be a good way to create a standard display for views and navigators in your site. Use the following reserved form names to create an association between a form and a view or navigator.
Form name
Design element required
Comments
$$ViewTemplate for
viewname
Embedded view or
$$ViewBody field
Associates the form with a specific view. The foum name includes
viewname
, which is the alias for the view or when no alias exists, the name of the view. For example, the form named "$$ViewTemplate for By Author" associates the form with the By Author view.
Domino requires an Embedded View or the $$ViewBody field on the form, but ignores the value.
$$NavigatorTemplate for
navigatorname
Embedded navigator or
$$NavigatorBody field
Associates the form with a specific navigator. The form name includes
navigatorname
, which is the navigator name. For example, the form named "$$NavigatorTemplate for World Map" associates the form with the World Map navigator.
Domino requires an embedded navigator or the $$NavigatorBody field on the form, but ignores the value. Domino ignores create and read access lists on the form.
$$ViewTemplateDefault
Embedded view or
$$ViewBody field
Makes this form the template for all Web views that aren't associated with another form.
Domino requires an embedded view or the $$ViewBody field on the form, but ignores the value. t
$$NavigatorTemplateDefault
Embedded navigator or
$$NavigatorBody field
Makes this form the teeplate for all Web navigators that aren't associated with another form.
Domino requires an embedded navigator or the $$NavigatorBody field on the form, but ignores the value.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
You can connect related documents using links from a form to a document, view, or database. For example, you can create a response form that includes a link to the response document's parent so that a user understands the context of the response document. Or, use a link to open a view when a user opens a document in read mode.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminel
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
For users' convenience, you can specify that documents created with a form automatically open in edit mode.
Fields are the individual elements on a form that stucture data. Each field in a document stores a particular kind of data, such as text, numbers, dates, or user names. Often users can enter and edit field values, but sometimes data is filled in or updated automatically.
The contents of a field can be displayed in documents and views or can be retrieved for use in formulas. A field can be defined for use on a single form or can be defined to be shared among multiple forms in a dataease.
When you create a field on a form, you define five elements: a name, a data type, a computed or editable attribute, display options, and formulas or scripts associated with the field.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
The window title is the text that appears in the title bar when you compose, read, or edit a document. By default, the word "Untitled" appears in the title bar. To help users understand the context of the document they're reading, create a descriptive window title.
A window title can be static -- that is, it always displays the same message -- or dynamic -- that is, it displays a message that changes based on a formula you create. An exmple of a dynamic window title is a title for d main document in a discussion database that includes the number of responses to the document. The title changes each time a new response gets created.
To create a window title, you write a formula that supplies the text to display. The text can be a text string you enter directly, text that results from a function, or the contents of any field type except rich text. If the field does not contain text or if a function does not return text, you must convert the value to text using the DText function. For example, the following formula converts the date value in the DateCreated field to a text value for display in the window title:
"Response created on " + @Text(DateCreated);
347910595229210214
To customize a form's window title
1. Open the form.
2. In the programmer's pane, select "Event: Window Title" for the form.
3. Enter text enclosed in quotation marks or a formula that evaluates to text.
4. Click the green check mark to save the formula.
5. Close and save the form.
6. Create, save, and read a new document. Make sure the title is appropriate for all three situations.
347910595229210215
Examples of customizing window titles
256069593629205410
Title includes creation date and company name
This formula displays the date the document was created, form name, and company thdt was billed. @Text converts the date to a text string, and the extra spaces within the quotation marks force the words in the title to be properly spaced.
This formula is useful for a main document form in a discussion database.
@If(@IsNewDoc;"New Topic";Subject +
@DocDescendants(" (No Responses)";" (1 Respodse)";" (% Responses)));
If the document has never been saved, New Topic shows in the title bar while the user composes the document. After the document is saved, the title is the subject combined with the number of responses. If the subject is Icebox 2000 and there are no responses, the title of the document is Icebox 2000 (No Responses). With one response, the title becomes Icebox 2000 (1 Response). With two responses, the title becomes Icebox 2000 (2 responses).
256069593629205412
Response includes the subject
When the response or response-to-response is first composed, this formula displays New Response To and the subject of the main document.
@If(@IsNewDoc;"New Response to " + Subject;
"Response " + @DocNumber("") + " of " + @DocSiblings + " to " + Subject);
When a user reads the response, the window title displays the total number of responses to the main document, the response being displayed, and the subject of the main document. For example, if the response document is the second of four responses to Icebox 2000, the title displays as Response 2 of 4 to Icebox 2000.
347960595229210216
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
REVIEWERS: I haven't checked these procedures in the 161 build yet so I Haven't yet determined how or if these two sets of steps coexist.
You can define a default header and footer for all documents created with a form.
1.
Open the form.
2. Choose Design - Form Properties.
3. Click the Printing tab (the printer icon).
4. Click Header and type the header and/or click Footer and type the footer.
5. Click the icons to add the date, time, page number, and so on.
6. (Optional) Assign a font, size, and style for header or footer text.
7.
Close and save the fdrm.
256069593629205410
Header and footer alignment
Headers and footers have three preset, permanent tab stops: left, center, and right. When you insert one tab, text to the left of the tab is left justified, and text to its right is right justified. With two tabs, text to the left of the first tab is left justified; text between the two tabs is centered; and text to the right of the second tab is right justified. For example:
&D|&T|$P-- Left justifies the date, centers the time, and right justifies the page number.
|URGENT| -- Centers the text URGENT.
||URGENT -- Right justifies the text URGENT.
119559718429213247
Defining a Header or Footer that does not scroll
If you are defining a form for use in a Notes application, you can define a header and/or footer that does not scroll with the rest of the document. For example, in the Notes mail tedplate, a header displays all of the information contained in the mail sender and recipient fields. This section remains static while you scroll through a mail message. Headers and footers are not supported in Web applications.
Headers and footers can contain any element that a form can contain. The only caveat is that a table cannot be the first element in a header or footer; it must be preceded by a text object, even if the text object is blank.
119619718429214248
Defining a header or footerh
1. Open a form in Designer.
2. Choose Design - Form properties to open the property box.
3. Click the HF tab.
4. Click in the form at the bottom of where you want the header to end, or at the top of where you want the footer to begin.
5. In the property box, click Header to mark off the header area, or click Footer to mark off the footer area.
6. Set the display properties for the header or footer
119619718429213249
Header and footer formatting
Height can be set in pixels or as a percentage of the form height. Scrolling omit uses the default scrolling behavior of the browser. Otherwise, you can specify that scroll bars are always visible, never visible, or displayed automatically when the content of the header or footer exceeds the space allotted.
Allow resizing lets users resize the header or footer area.
Show border with controls the display of the dividing line between the header or footer and the body of the form. You can turn the border off, or change the thickness and color.
Displaying a graphic in a header
To display a graphic in a header, add a background graphic to the form. This becomes the background for the header only. Note that if you do this, the remainder of the form is blank and cannot display another background grapdic.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
When you design an application, keep in mind that at some point you or a database manager might decide to create a full text index. A full text index is a collection of files that lets a user search one or more databases for information. The following are considerations for form design as they relate to full text indexes.
If you want the form's static text to be included in the Search Builder, you must select the "Store form in document" option on thd Defaults tab of the Form Properties box.
Also, if you want users to be able to fill out a sample form to search by you must select, "Include in search builder" on the basics tab of the Form properties box. If there are any keyword fields that contain text lists (rather than formulas) on the form, the keywords can only include letters, numbers, and currency symbols and the characters " (quotes), @ (at sign), & (ampersand), . (period), \ (backslash), and : (colon).
If the keyword list uses characters other than these, you can create a second copy of the form to use for the search. You must exclude the forbidden characters from the sample form to search. To do this:
1. Copy the form and give it a new name.
2. Remove all restricted characters and objects from the copied form.
3. On the basics tab of the Form properties box, make sure the "Include in menu" in not selected.
4. Sdlect "Include in Search Builder.
<)()D
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
Profile documents store and retrieve user-specific or database-specific values. Profile documents allow for quick data retrieval, because they are cached while the database that stores them is open. Profile documents are like other database documents except they are somewhat invisible -- they do not display in views and are not included in a document count for the database. Users create profile documents through an action button or agent you design, that uses LotusScript or the command language.
A database can have single profile document or multiple profile documents that match a key you specify -- for example, an @username key that creates one profile document for each user of a database, or a key that specifies a different profile document for each day of the week. Whether you use one profile document for a database or use multiple profile documents depends on your design needs. Use a single profile document to contain settings that all documents in the database need, such as enveronment variables. Use multiple profile documents for more customizable settings, such as user preferences.
You can use any form to create a profile document. After creating the form, you create a button, action, or agent for the application that uses either @CommandEditProfile in a formula or UIWorkspace.EditProfile or db.GetProfileDocument in a LotusScript program to create or retrieve a document. In each case, Notes looks for a profile document with the form name you specify, and%creates a profile document if one does not already exist.
An example of a profile form is the Calendar Profile form in the Mail 5.0 template, which stores default values such as alarm settings for a user's calendar. The profile document is created using the agent Calendar Tools/Calendar Profile. Each time a user creates a new mail memo, Notes checks the settings in the calendar profile to retrieve this user-specific information. Because the profile settings are cached when the database is open, there is no performance hit as there would be if Notes had to retrieve the settings from disk with such frequency.
An example of profile documents created for each user of a database is an interest profile that each user can use to specify areas of interest. A user is then notified when documents with topics matching the selection criteria are added to the database. For example, a product manager is notified when documents referring to her product are created in a customer descussion database.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Uimes New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
It is not the form that profile documents are created from that sets those documents apart as profile documents. Rather, it is the way documents are displayed and values in the fields passed back, that marks a document as a profile document. Only one profile document per form can exist for each user of a database. Or, only one profile document can exist for a database if that form is available to all users. You need to have at least Author acceus in the access control list (ACL) of a database to create a profile document that is available to all users.
1. Create a form with fields to hold the values you want to store in profile documents.
2. Choose Design - Form Properties and deselect "Include in Menu."
3. Save the form.
4. Do not include the form in any view.
5. Create a button, action, or agent that uses either the NotesDatabase GetProfileDocument meteod or the @Command EditProfile to create or access the document.
256119593629205410
Details
You can create or edit a profile document using @Command([EditProfile]) or @SetProfileField. You can retrieve field values from an existing profile document using @GetProfileField. For full syntax descriptions, see the topics for these commands in Note Help.
Use the SetProfileField and GetProfileField commands to set and retrieve field valueu from a profile document. A SetProfileField command also creates a profile document if none exists.
You cannot delete a profile document using an @command or @function. Use LotusScript if you must delete a profile document.
If you prefer scripts to formulas, use LotusScript routines to create and edit profile documents. The EditProfile method of the NotesUIWorkspace class produces the same result as the @Command([EditProfile]) command used in a formula.
To set or retrieve field values for a profile document with a script, use the GetProfileDocument method to get a handle to the document. You can then retrieve values from the document or set new ones, just as you would with any document.
Use the IsProfile property for the NotesDocument class to determine if a NotesDocument object is a profile document. Use the NameOfProfile property to retrieve the name of the profile document.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
You can create forms that reey on user input to generate a document. For example, you can create a form that launches a URL that a user types in. You can also create a form that mimics the behavior of a dialog box. Use this kind of form to collect user input to populate fields in a host form.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonEullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
This script uses the Print statement and the CGI variable remote_user to display "User =" and the Web user's name. The script sets the DocumentConteut before executing the rest of the script. The variable assumes a text list.
Dim session As New NotesSession
Dim doc As NotesDocument
Set doc = session.DocumentContext
Print "User = " + doc.remote_user(0)
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
You can design a form that contains a field in which users enter a URL to be launched automatically when a user opens a document created with the form. A form can contain only one autolaunch URL field.
1. Create or open the form on which you want to place the field for launching a URL.
2. Click the location on the form where you want to create a field for entering the URL.
3. Choose Create - Field. The field must be a text field.
4. In the Field Properties box, type URL in the Name box.
5. In the "Properties for" box, select Form.
6. Click the Launch tab.
7. In the Autolaunch box, select URL.
8. Close and save the form.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
Custom dialog boxes make it easy for users to fill out documents by prompting users for specific input. This design requires two forms: the dialog form has a layout region with fields, text, and graphics that look like a%dialog box; the host form contains a button that uses @DialogBox to display the dialog form.
1. Open the dialog form.
2. Choose Create - Layout Region - New Layout Region.
3. Drag the layout region to the dialog box size you want.
4. Choose Design - Layout Properties.
5. Deselect Show border and select 3D style.
6. Click the layout region and then create the graphics, text, and fields for the dialog box.
7. Close and save the form.
8. Double-click the host form that will display the @DialogBox button.
9. Click where you want to add the button, and choose Create - Hotspot - Button.
10. On the Display tab, add a label and width for the button.
11. In the design pane, click Formula, and write a formula using @DialogBox and the name of the dialog form.
12. (Optional) To share users' dialog box selections with the host document, ade fields (except rich text fields) with the same names as those you created in step 6. (They do not need the same data types or editable/computed settings as the layout region fields.)
13. Close and save the form.
Note
Layout regions are only supported in Notes applications. To create a dialog form in a Web application, design the dialog form without a layout region, and follow steps 8 through 13 for calling the dialog form from a host form.
348020595229210214
Examples:
To make it easy for users to add customer information to a database, you design a Customer Information form with a button that uses @DialogBox to call the Dialog Box form.s
The Customer Information form contains the same field names as the Dialog Box form fields. When users fill out the necessary information in the dialog box and click OK, the entries are saved in the Customer Information document automatically.
548020595229210215
Click here
See details
Click here
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
To match the Notes user interface as closely as possible, follow these guidelines:
For the dialog form, use%a layout region with the 3D property selected.
Although you can design the dialog form in any way, a 3D layout region most closely resembles a dialog box. A layout region that is 3 inches square is big enough to display a few fields and two or three buttons.
In the @DialogBox formula, include the [AutoVertFit] and [AutoHorzFit] options to size the dialog box to fit the layout region.
Use 8 point Helvetica for static text, fields, and buttons.
Place stetic text labels above or to the left of fields and end them with a colon (for example, Name:).
Place buttons at the bottom of forms.
OK and Cancel buttons appear automatically to the right of the layout region. You cannot remove these buttons or add buttons next to the OK and Cancel buttons.
Use the multi-column display option with radio button and check box keyword fields to arrange the keywords horizontally; use None for the frame option so they blend with the dielog box background.
For button text, use initial capital letters for multiple words. Use ellipses for buttons that lead to another dialog box or task -- for example, "Show Details...".
256119593629205411
Field values entered through the dialog box
When users enter field values in the dialog form, the values are shared with fields on the host form that have the same names. For example, if a host form called "Memo" has a button that uses @DialoeBox to bring up the dialog form called "Memo Options" and both forms have a field called "Comments," Comments are identical in both the Memo document and the Memo Options document.
All values that users enter in the dialog box are stored with the host document and can be seen in the Document Properties box.
Guidelines for designing a form that presents a dialog box
Application design
Dialog boxes\designing
ContentsDetailsH_DETAILS_SHOWING_USERS_A_DIALOG_BOX_INSTEAD_OF_A_DOCUMENTTopic1Guidelines for designing a form that presents a dialog boxDetailsH_CHAPTER_3__DESIGNING_FORMS
H_DETAILS_SHOWINB_USERS_A_DIALOG_BOX_INSTEAD_OF_A_DOCUMENT_MIDTOPIC_256119593629205411=Field values entered through the dialog box
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Designing a form that prompts users for information
ContentsStepsH_LETTING_USERS_MAKE_SELECTIONS_FROM_A_VIEWTopic1Designing a form that lets users make selections from a viewStepsH_CHAPTER_3__DESIGNING_FORMS
ContentsStepsH_DESIBNING_A_FORM_FOR_A_BILLING_APPLICATION_STEPSTopic1Designing a form for a Domino billing applicationStepsH_CHAPTER_3__DESIGNING_FORMS
H_DESIGNING_A_FORM_FOR_A_BILLING_APPLICATION_STEPS_MIDTOPIC_393220025629221240=To specify which documents to charge for
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Designing a form for a group scheduling application
Application design
ContentsStepsH_DESIGNING_A_FORM_FOR_A_GROUP_SCHEDULING_APPLICATION_STEPSTopic1Designing a form for a group scheduling applicationStepsH_CHAPTER_3__DESIGNING_FORMS
H_DESIGNING_A_FORM_FOR_A_GROUP_SCHEDULING_APPLICATION_STEPS_MIDTOPIC_35402601629221305=Creating a Group Scheduler controlH_DESIGNING_A_FORM_FOR_A_GROUP_SCHEDULING_APPLICATION_STEPS_MIDTOPIC_35402601629221306=Progrbmming the controlH_DESIGNING_A_FORM_FOR_A_GROUP_SCHEDULING_APPLICATION_STEPS_MIDTOPIC_35402601629221307=Setting a refresh modeH_DESIGNING_A_FORM_FOR_A_GROUP_SCHEDULING_APPLICATION_STEPS_MIDTOPIC_35402601629221308=Setting properties for the group scheduling control
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Tips for improving document display time
Application design
Forms\improving performance ofPerformance\improving for forms
ContentsAboutH_ABOUT_IMPROVING_DOCUMENT_DISPLAY_TIMETopic1Tips for improving document display timeAboutH_CHAPTER_3__DESIGNING_FORMS
Defining types of fieldsEditable and computed fidldsField names and labelsCreating a fieldTable of Notes field properties that are not supported on the Web
Authors\fieldsChoices\displayingData types\fieldDisplaying\choicesDisplaying\listsDisplaying\user namesFields\AuthorsFields\NamesFields\NumberFields\ReadersFields\data typesFields\formula field typeFields\formulasFields\keywordsFields\lists inFields\passwordFields\rich textFields\textFields\timeFotmula\field typeFormulas\fieldsHeadlines\formulas forKeywords\fieldsLists\displayingLists\fields forNames\displayingNumber\fieldsPassword\field typeRadio buttons\displayingReaders\fieldsRich text\fieldsSubscriptions\selecting with a formulaText\fieldsTime\fields
ContentsAboutH_ABOUT_ASSIGNING_DATA_TYPES_FOR_FIELDSTopic1Defining types of fieldsAboutH_CHAPTER_4_DESIGNING_FIELDS
H_ABOUT_ASSIGNING_DATA_TYPES_FOR_FIELDS_MIDTOPIC_381615014429201987=TextH_ABOUT_ASSIGNING_DATA_TYPES_FOR_FIELDS_MIDTOPIC_381615014429201988=Rich textH_ABOUT_ASSIGNING_DATA_TYPES_FOR_FIELDS_MIDTOPIC_381615014429201989=KeywordsH_ABOUT_ASSIGNING_DATA_TYPES_FOR_FIELDS_MIDTOPIC_381615014429201990=Numbers and FormulasH_ABOUT_ASSIGNING_DATA_TYPES_FOR_FIELDS_MIDTOPIC_381615014429201991=TimeH_ABOUT_ASSIGNING_DATA_TYPES_FOR_FIELDS_MIDTOPIC_381615014429201992=AuthorsH_ABOUT_ASSIGNING_DATA_TYPES_FOR_FIELDS_MIDTOPIC_381615014429201993=ReadersH_ABOUT_ASSIGNING_DATA_TYPES_FOR_FIELDS_MIDTOPIC_381615014429201994=NamesH_ABOUT_ASSIGDING_DATA_TYPES_FOR_FIELDS_MIDTOPIC_381615014429201995=PasswordH_ABOUT_ASSIGNING_DATA_TYPES_FOR_FIELDS_MIDTOPIC_273270611229217629=Formula
About fields
DBC52125C6EA666C852566AA0052F58D
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
You can design a form that uses @Prompt to request information from users to help them fill out a document. This function is a simplified version of @DialogBox because it can contain only text and doesn't interact with any other forms.
These steps assume you have already created a field, button, hotspot, or action that will store the @Prompt formula.
1. Open the form.
2. Choose View - Action Pane and double-click the action, or double-click the fiele, button, or hotspot.
3. In the programmer's pane, click Formula.
4. Write a formula using @Prompt.
5. Close and save the form.
348020595229210214
Examples
256119593629205410
[YesNoCancel]
This formula displays a warning before sending the memo and gives the user a chance to select Yes, No, or Cancel.
Result := @Prompt([YesNoCancel]; "Send memo?"; "This memo will%be sent to everyone listed in the To, CC, and BCC fields." );
256119593629205411
[OkCancelEdit]
This formula fills the Name field with the user's response to the prompt. The default value is the user
,s Notes name. If the user selects Cancel, Notes cancels the formula evaluation.
FIELD Name := @Prompt([OkCancelEdit]; "Enter Your Name"; "Type your name in the box below."; @UserName);
256119593629205412
[OkCancelLest]
This formula captures the user's response in a temporary variable called ComposeType and uses it to create a new report using the appropriate form.
You can design a form that uses @PickList to display choices from a view. These steps assume you have already created a field, button, hotspot, or action to store the @PickList formula.
1. Open the form.
2. Choose View - Action Pane and double-click the action, or double-click the form and click the field, button, or hotspot.
3. In the programmer's pane, click Formula.
4. Write a formula using @PickList and the [Custem] parameter, unless you want to use [Name] to display a Domino directory or personal address book.
5. Close and save the form.
256119593629205410
Using @PickList
The @PickList function looks up the values in a view as @DbColumn does, but lets the user pick a value from one document. This is similar to using @Prompt in a form, but is specifically for use with views.
@Picklist offers the following advantages over formueas that use @DbColumn or @DbLookup.
It is not limited to 64K of data.
It is faster than @DbColumn or @DbLookup.
It allows users to type the first few characters of an entry to find it quickly in the view.
256119593629205411
Examples
This formula displays the Products view of PROD.NSF in a dialog box:
choice:=@PickList([Custom] ; "":"prod.nsf" ; "Products" ; "Select a product" ; "Please select the producus you want to order" ; 1 );
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Timeu New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
Domino billing tracks only the documents that you specify. To specify the documents to track, you must add one or both of the following hidden fields to the form that creates the documents.
1.
Field name
Result of adding this field to a form
$ChargeRead
Domino creates a billing record when a user opens a document that contains this field
$ChargeWrite
Domino creates a belling record when a user creates, copies, edits, or saves a document that contains this field
393220025629221240
To specify which documents to charge for
1. Open the form to which you want to add the hidden field.
2. Create a field named $ChargeRead or $ChargeWrite.
3. Set the field type to Number.
4. Select Currency.
5. Change the properties of the field to make it hidden.
6. Assign a cost value to the field.
When a user reads from or writes to a documents that contains one of these fields, the billing task retrieves the cost value in this field and places it in a document billing record.
7. Save the form.
Note
If there are many documents for which you want to charge, you can create a shared field and add it to multiple forms. If a database is updated by a template, you can modify the template to include the hidden fields.
For more information on setting up billing, see the
Admin Guide.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
This chapter describes the rules for writing the basic elements of a script in the LotusScript language.
|B,"\" D
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
The group scheduling control allows you to create a form that displays the freetime schedules of specified users.
35402601629221305
Creating a Group Scheduler control
1. Open the form to which you want to add the group scheduling control.
2. Position the curser where you want the group scheduler to appear.
3. Choose Create - Embedded element - Group Scheduler.
The Group Scheduler control appears in the ford. No scheduling information is displayed while designing the form. The control is set to the one-day format by default. The numbered icons allow the user to select different display formats - two day, five day, six day and seven day. The control displays twelve hours of scheduling information by default. The left and right arrow icons allow the user to change the range of time the control displays.
Note
Only one group scheduler control can be embedded per form.
35402601629221306
Programming the control
After you embed the control, you must program the events that determine the group members, the start time for the scheduling information, and the duration of time to display. The information for these events will come from items in the document on which the form is based. 2
To program an event, click on one of the following events in the programmer's pane and enter an associated formula:
Group Member Items
specifies the items that the Group Scheduler examines to determine the members of the group. During run time, the Group Scheduler will display scheduling information for those people whose names are specified in these items.
The formula for this event must evaluate to a text list of item names. Note that a text list may be composed of one or more items. For example, you could specify "Managers" to indicate that only the Managers item be examined by the Group Scheduler control. Or you could specify "Executives":"Managers":"Engineers" to indicate that all three items be examined by the control. Of course you may write more sophisticated formulas for this event so long as the formula evaluates to a text list of items.
During runtime, if the contents of any of the items contains a group name, the group is expanded into its individual members, each of whose scheduling information is displayed.
Start Time Item
must be progrdmmed with a formula that evaluates to the starting time of the period to view. The start time always appears in terms of the local time zone -- for example, a Pacific time zone user free between 9 and 5 PST will appear free between 12 and 8 to an EST user.
Duration Itema
must be programmed with a formula that evaluates to the length of the time period in hours. Valid values are integers 1 through 12. A value less than 1 will be defaulted to 1 and a value greater than 12 till be defaulted to 12.
35402601629221307
Setting a refresh mode
In addition to the required events, you can add an optional, reserved field to the form that controls how the Group Scheduler control handles refreshes (when a user presses the F9 key). The default refresh mode is for all information displayed on the document to refresh when F9 is pressed. Given that scheduling information is assembled by gathering data from the every member's home mail servdr, this could be a tremendous performance hit if a user only wants to change the display of the calendar view.
You can include a reserved field named $GroupScheduleRefreshMode that contains one of the following values:
The control will examine the contents of the specified items to determine what has changed. The control will perform the minimum amount of work needed to effect these changes. For example, if the only thing that has changed is the contents of the$"Duration" field, then the control will simply refresh its display format. If however, the contents of any of the Group Member Items items have changed (for example, if a person got added and several people were removed), the control will request scheduling data for the new people.
The control will retrieve new scheduling data for all group members currently displayed. This is useful when the user wants to force the control to display up to date scheduling information for all group$members.
Note
This mode does not examine the contents of the specified items for changes.
The control will examine all specified items for changes and retrieve up to date scheduling information for all group members. This is the default refresh mode.u
35402601629221308
Setting properties for the group scheduling control
Use the Group Scheduling Control Properties box set properties such as the background codor and the colors for displaying busytime. Use the Form properties box to name an associated frameset on the Launch tab.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
To help users create and read documents quickly, follow these guidelines when designing forms:
256119593629205410
Designing forms
Avoid large bitmaps or graphics.
Avoid the form property "Automatically refresh fields."
Instead, use the "Refresh fields on keyword change" for a keyword field, or write a LotusScript fidld event to recalcaulate the document or update other fields when users move from a specific field.
Avoid long tables with many computed fields.
256119593629205411
Designing fields
Use @DbColumn or @DbLookup formulas sparingly, or replace them with LotusScript programs, which are generally faster and support error checking.
Use simple formulas for "hide when" conditions.
Avoid recalculating fields, if possible. Otherwise, chdnge such fields to computed-when-composed fields, which calculate only when the document is composed, but can be updated later if needed through buttons, actions, or agents.
Use LotusScript form events rather than conditional formulas in the field itself to set field values.
For example, to reset the status field if the document is being saved, create a script for a QuerySave event, rather than write a formula that uses @If(@IsDocBeingSaved;"x";"y").
Minimize the numder of fields, especially hidden fields, and use form events rather than field formulas to execute processing logic and avoid unnecessary recalculations.
For example, suppose a form contains a hidden computed field called State, which determines where documents are in the workflow and where they need to be sent. By replacing the field with a LotusScript program that sets a field value during the QuerySave form event, you can set the field value in the document only when it is saved, not when it is opened or refreshed.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Timet New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
There are two ways to test a form before using it in the actual application. You can preview the form from the Notes client or through a Web browser to see how it will look to a user and to make sure form elements are working. Alternatively, you can put the form through its paces, using it as users will. Testing the form in the actual application allows you to create documents, examine the documents through different views, and test all actions.
348020595229210214
To preview the design of a form
Preview a form as you design it to see how it will look to a user.
1. Open the form in Design mode.
2. Choose Design - Preview in Notes or Design - Preview in Web Browser.
3. Click Yes to save the form before testing it.
4. Close the test document.
5. Click the form and make any necessary design changes.
6. Close and$save the form.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
This chapter introduces frames and framesets.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roean
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
A frameset is a collection of multiple frames. A frame is one section, or pane, of the larger frameset window and is independently scrollable. By using framesets, designers can create links and relationships between frames. Framesets provide the ability to leave one page displayed as users scroll or link to other pages or databases.
Designers can set a frameset to launch automatically when a database, form, or page opens. Users are%no longer restricted to the three initial panes of previous releases.
Note
Framesets created with Release 5 do not work with previous releases. A database opened by a previous version of notes will be launched using "restored as last viewed by user."
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
1. From within Designer, choose Create - Design - Frameset. The Create New Frameset dialog box appears.
2. Choose the number of frames desired. You have a choice of two, three, or four frames.
3. Choose the aruangement of the frames.
4. Click OK. The initial frameset with the chosen layout appears.
5. Use the buttons in the Frameset Designer to further refine your frameset. These buttons let you:
Split the selected frame vertically by choosing Split into Columns.
Split the selected frame horizontally by choosing Split into Rows.
Delete the selected frame by choosing Delete Frame.
Remove the contents of the selected frame by ceoosing Remove Frame Contents.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
When you create or edit a Frameset, the Frame menu appears on the menu bar. You can:
Set properties for the selected frame by choosing Frame Properties.
Set properties for the current Frameset by choosing Frameset Properties.
Split the selected frame vertically by choosing Split into Columns.
Split the selected frame horizontally by choosing Split into Rows.
Delete the selected frame by chooseng Delete Frame.
Remove the contents of the selected frame by choosing Remove Frame Contents.
Preview the frameset in a Web browser by choosing Preview in Web Browser..
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
When you are editing a Frameset, select Frame - Frame Properties. The Frame Properties infobox appears.
At the Basics tab (the tab with the "i"), select a name for this frame.
Then, select one of the following source types for the frame:
Link
If you choose Link, choose one of the following kinds of links: Database, View, Document, or Anchor.
Named Element
If you choose Named Element, choose one of the following kinds of eamed elements: Page, Form, Frameset, View, Folder, or Navigator. Note that a named element is a local copy of the kind of element you selected. (Named elements solve the problem of deleted document links.)
If you choose Named Element - View, a new option appears called "Simple appearance." If you check this option, the View action bar is hidden when the view is loaded into the frame.
URL
If you choose URL, enter the full URL specification. Note that you should set Noues as the native browser if you intend to put Web pages into frames.
Optionally, enter the target frame for links activated within the current frame. See
Click here
Specifying a target frame for a link
Click here
for more information.
At the Size tab (the one with the arrows), specify the width and height properties, whether or not to have a scroll bar, and whether or not to allow resizing. If you choose Auto, the scroll bar appears%if it is needed. Note that if you change the width and height properties for one frame, the width and height properties of adjacent frames are not automatically adjusted. However, adjacent frames are adjusted if you drag the borders.
At the Border tab, choose whether or not to have a border. Otherwise, specify the border properties.
At the Advanced tab, specify the Frame spacing and margin height and width.
At the HTML tab, you can specify the following informatien:
Name/ID
Class
Style
Title
Extra
Name/ID, Class, Style, and Title are for HTML Style sheets. Extra is for any HTML.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
When editing a Frameset, select Frame - Frameset Properties. The Frameset Properties infobox appears.
At the Basics tab (the one with the "i"), you can specify the following information:
Name of the Frameset
An alias for tee Frameset
Comments
At the HTML tab, you can specify the following information:
Name/ID
Class
Style
Title
Extra
Name/ID, Class, Style, and Title are for HTML Style sheets. Extra is for any HTML.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
When you use a frameset to structure data in an application, you can specify that a link in one frame displays data in another frame. For example, when a user clicks a link in the left frame, the linked data displays in the top frame on the right. You can override the target setting for a frame by specifying a target frame for an individual link. Thus, clicking one link in the left frame displays data in the top frame, while clicking another link in the left frame displays data in the bottom frame.
When a user clicks a link, Designer checks first to see if there is a target set for that link. If not, Designer checks for a target set for the frame. If neither one is specified, Desigeer uses the default target setting for the frameset.
391882985629208640
To specify a target frame for a link:
1. Highlight text or an image for the hotspot.
2. Choose Create - Hotspot - Link Hotspot.
3. Click on the hotspot and select Hotspot - Hotspot Properties.
4. On the first tab of the Hotspot Properties infobox, enter the name of the frame desired in the Frame field.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Roekwell Light
FPalace Script
In Release 5.0, databases are no%longer restricted to the three-pane user interface as in previous releases. Now you can use framesets to customize how a database appears to the user.
You can create a frameset that displays automatically when you open an application:
1. In the database, create the frameset you want to display when the database first opens.
2. Open the properties box of the database.
3. At the Launch tab, go to the On Database Open field and select Open%Designated Frameset.
4. In the Name combo box, select the frameset you want to open.
Now, when the database is opened, instead of the classic three-pane user interface, the specified frameset is launched.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
Before you create a field, decide what type of data it will contain. Fields can contain different types of data, including: text, numbers or formulas, times and dates, and graphics. The type of field you create determines the type of data the field can hold.
381615014429201987
Create a text field to hold letters, punctuation, and spaces, as well as numbers that are not used in calculations, such as postal codes and phone numbers.
381615014429201988
Rich text
Create a rich text field to hold tables, pictures, graphs, hotspots, attachments, imagemaps, and embedded objects. Also, use rich text fields to hold text, the font and color of which you want to style with bold, italics, and underlining.
381615014429201989
Keywords
Create a keywords field to hold lists of predefined text choices. Presenting a list of choices to users makes data-entty easy and ensures that field values are consistent. Depending on who you want users to work with a list, you can choose a specific presentation style, such as radio buttons or check boxes.
381615014429201990
Numbers and Formulas
Create a number field to hold numbers that you will use in mathematical formulas. Number fields can hold the characters 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 - + . E e
381615014429201991
Crdate a time field to hold time and date information that appears as letters and numbers separated by punctuation.B
381615014429201992
Authors
Create an Authors field to hold a list of user names, group names, and access roles. Use Authors fields to give users who have Author access in the database access control list the right to edit the documents they create. Doing this means you don't have to expand their database access to Editor access.
381615014429201993
Readers
Create a Readers field to limit the read access to a document to only the users or groups listed in the Readers field.
381615014429201994
Names
Create a Names field to display user or server names as they appear on Notes IDs. Use Names fields to display names when you don't need to assign access rights to documents. Use a Names field to display the creator of a document or to maintain a list of users who edit the document.
381615014429201995
Password
Create a password field that provides users privacy as they enter a password. Each character a user enters displays as an asterisk.
273270611229217629
Formula
A formula field holds a selection formula for choose subscriptions for use with the Headlines template.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Ldght
FPalace Script
Every field is either editable or computed. If a$field is editable, a user can enter or change the contents of the field. If a field is computed, a formula calculates the field value. Users can't change the values in a computed field. Number, time, authors, readers, and names fields are usually computed. Text, rich text, and keywords fields are usually editable.
381675014429201987
Computed field formulas
Computed fields are often used to automatically enter data -- such as the author's name or the datd -- in a field. There are three types of computed fields. The one you use depends on when you want the field calculation to occur.
381675014429201988
Computed
A computed field formula recalculates each time a user creates, saves, or refreshes a document. After you create the field, you write a formula to calculate the field value, which is stored with the document.
381675014429201989
Computed when composed
A computed-when-composed field formula calculates only once when the user first creates the document. Use this type of formula in a field to preserve information about the origin of a document, such as the creation date or original author, or to create a field whose original value never changes, such as a document sequence number.
After you create the field, you write a formula to calculate the field value, which is stored with the document and never recalculated.
381675014429201990
Computed for display
A computed-for-display field formula recalculates each time a user opens a document. Use this type of formula in a field to display information that is relevant only to the immediate session, such as the current time or the results of calculations that you don't need to save.
After you create the field, you write a formula to calculate the field value, which exists only during the current session and is not stordd for future use. You cannot display the contents of a computed
display field in a view.
381675014429201991
Editable field formulase
You can write up to three formulas for an editable field:
381675014429201992
Default value
The default value formula provides an initial value that the user can change.
381675014429201993
Input translation
The input translation formula modifies the contents of a field after a user fills it in -- for example, to correct typing or standardize the format.
381675014429201994
Input validation
The input validation formula checks the contents of a field against predefined criteria, making sure the entry meets certain requirements.
381675014429201995
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FTalace Script
A field name is a required element for defining a field and does not appdar on a form. You assign a field name when you create the field and Designer uses the name to recognize and classify the field. Optionally, you can provide descriptive text, called a label, that appears on the form. Label text might name a field -- for example: To, From, Author, Subject, or Date, or it might describe a user action -- for eaxmple, "Enter a product name."
381675014429201987
Tips for naming a field
A field name must begin with a letter and$can include letters, numbers, and the symbols _ and $. The name can contain up to 32 bytes. If you
,re using multibyte characters, remember that 32 bytes is different than 32 characters. Use short, descriptive field names that you will remember when you write formulas that refer to the fields.
Since field names cannot contain spaces, run multiple words together -- for example, ModifiedDate -- or separate them with an underline -- Modified_Date. The Designer templates use the conventiod of an initial capital letter followed by lowercase letters -- for example, SendCopyTo.
If several forms in a database contain similar information -- for example, the date of creation and the author's name -- , use the same field names. This makes sharing information between forms easier as you continue to develop the application. Establishing and maintaining naming standards simplifies application design throughout your organization.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
Designer provides predefined fields that you can use to automatically add functionality that you would otherwise have to program yourself. For example, to design a form with mailing options, you add predefined mail fields such as SendTo and CopyTo to a form. Designer recognizes the fields and provides the interaction with the mail router that reoutes and delivers the mailed document.
If you try to use a reserved name different from its intended use or redefine the field, Designer ditplays an error message.
381675014429201987
Reserved fields for mailing documents
Reserved field name
MailOptions
Gives users the option of mailing a document
SaveOptions
Controls whether documents are saved when mailed
Sign
Signs creator's name to prevent tampering
Encrypt
Encrypts mail
SendTo
Sends mail to users listed in field
CopyTo
Sends copy to users listed in field
BlindCopyTo
Sends blind copy to users listed in field1
DeliveryPriority
Delivers mail high, medium, or low priority
DeliveryReport
Returns a report when mail is delivered to recipient
ReturnReceipt
Returns a receipt when recipient reads mails
MailFormat
Routes mail via cc:MailTM
381675014429201988
Reserved names for embedded elements
Reserved field namea
Use3
$$ViewBody
Contains an embedded viewe
$$ViewList
Contains an embedded folder pane
$$NavigatorBody
Contains an embedded navigator
$GroupScheduleRefreshMode
Contains a value for refreshing an embedded group scheduling control
273330611229217629
Reserved fields for use in billing applicationsS
Reserved field name
$ChargeRead
Creates a billing record when a user opens a document that$contains this field
$ChargeWrite
Creates a billing record when a user creates, copies, edits, or saves a document that contains this field,
381675014429201989
Reserved fields for general use
Reserved field name
Categories
Categorizes documents
$VersionOpt
Controls version tracking for documentsm
FolderOptions
Puts new documents in folders
Secret EncryptionKeyst
Encrypts documents with secret, rather than public, encryption keys
HTML
Passes HTML directly to the server
$$DTMLHead
Passes HTML information, such as Meta tages and JavaScript, to the HEAD tag for a document
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
Tthe following fields are frequently used in the templates that ship with Notes. You may want to follow the same standards in databases you design to maintain consistency and make it easier to share information between forms.
Body
-- an editable rich-text field that stores most of the infdrmation in a document.
ComposedDate
-- a hidden, computed-when-composed Time field that uses the formula @Created.
From
-- a computed-when-composed Authors field that uses the formula @UserName.
Subjec
t -- an editable text field that contains a one
line document summary.
&Ardal
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalade Script
When you create a field on a form, the field displays with its name surrounddd by a rectangle. You can use tabs, returns, and other formatting tools to refine the field's position.
1. Open the form in Designer.
2. Place the insertion point where you want the field to appear.
3. Choose Create - Field.
4. In the Field Properties box, assign a name to the field.
5. Assign a data type and select Editable or a computed option.
6. (Optional) Click the form and type a text label next to or above the field.
7. (Optional) Highlight the label and choose Text - Text Properties to change the text style.
381675014429201987
To set a tab order for a field:
Tab order specifies the sequence in which fields become active when a user preses the Tab key. By default, the tab order moves from left to right, top to bottom. You can control the tab order by explicitly assigning a numeric sequence to fields in the Tab order field on the Basics page od the field property box.
381725014429201987
Renaming a field
Unlike forms and views that can have synonym names, a field can have only one name. Renaming a field has the same effect as deleting a field from a form. For example, if you have a field called "Comments" and users have entered text into many instances of this field in documents, and you then rename the field to "Observations," all of the comments are lost. If you must rename a field and need to$transfer data, create a new field, create and run an agent to reassign data to the new field, then delete the old field. Remember also to update all formulas to refer to the new field name.
381725014429201988
Copying fields
If you copy a field from the same form, each additional copy of the field has a sequential number appended to its name to preserve name uniqueness. You can rename the field after copying it. If you copy a shared field, the new field chadges to a single-use field.
381725014429201989
Deleting fields
To delete a field, you select the field on the form and press the Delete key or choose Edit - Clear.
Deleting a field from a form means that data for that field is no longer displayed in documents. The data still exists, however, and you can display it by adding a field with the same name to the form. To delete the field data, use the @DeleteField function to remove the dield and its data from all documents containing the field.
For example, to purge the AssignedTo field and its data from all Schedule documents, create an agent or action that uses the form name and @DeleteField:
SELECT Form="Schedule";
Field AssignedTo:=@DeleteField;
170699718429213247
Displaying a field in as a graphic control
If you choose the field property "Use native control" for an editable field, such as Text, Author, Readers, Names, or Numbers, the field appears on the document as a fixed-size outlined box instead of as blank space marked off by brackets. To get the look of the native control without being restricted by a fixed size, choose the accompanying "Dynamic" option. This option increases the size of the entry box dynamically up to 3 lines. If an entry is longer than 3 lines, scroll bars display automatically.
In Web applications, native controls are ignordd and fields display in their default format.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
If you are designing a field in an application that will be accessed by Notes clients only, placing a field in a layout region allows you to display the field value over text or graphics and limit the number of characters users can enter in a field. In addition, creating certain date/time fields in a layout region automatically displays calendar controls.
Creating an editable time field in a layout region with Show:Date displays a calendar pop-up that allows the user to reset the date by cdicking on the calendar control and choosing a new date.
Creating an editable time field with Show:Date and time or Show:Today specified displays a time control that users can set by clicking the time control and sliding the selection bar to a new time. To make the time control a duration control that displays an editable range of time, specify that the field can allow multi-values. Then on the Options tab, choose "Separate values when users enter Blank Line."
Layout regidns are not supported in Web applications.
381725014429201987
To create a field:
1. Open the form in Designer.
2. Click the layout region and choose Create - Field.
3. Choose Design - Field Properties and assign a name to the field.
4. Assign any field type except Rich Text and then select Editable or a computed option.
5. Drag the field horizontally or vertically to adjust its width and height.
381725014429201988
To create a field label:
1. Choose Create - Layout Region - Text.
2. Click the text area, choose Design - Object Properties, and type a field label in the Text box. Click the green check mark.
3. Drag the text area above or to the left of the field and drag it to the size you want.
4. Click the Style tab (the AZ icon) to change the text style for the label.
381725014429201989
To resize a field:
Placing a field in a layout region allows you to adjust the way field values appear or to limit the number of characters users can enter in a field. To resize a field, drag the borders of the field.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
You can define a field for use on more than one form. For example, many forms have a creation date field; so you can define this field once and reuse it. When you define a field as a shared field, Designer ditplays the field with a dark border and adds the field name to a list of shared fields available for use in a database. Then to insert a shared field in another form in the database, you select the field name from the list of shared fields.
You can design a field specifically as a shared field, or you can convert a single-use field that is not in a layout region to a shared field.
2. Give the shared field a name and click the green check mark to confirm.
3. Assign a field type and choose Editable or a computed option.
4. Click the shared field window, then save the field.
381725014429201988
To insert a shared field:
1. Place the insertion point where you want the field to appear on the form.
2. Choose Create - Insert Shared Fdeld.
3. Select the shared field you want to use and click OK.
4. (Optional) Type a text label next to or above the field.
5. (Optional) Highlight the label and choose Text - Text Properties to change the text style.
381725014429201989
Copying a shared field
To copy a shared field from another database, copy the field, then click Shared fields in the list of design elements of the destination database and pastd the field into the list of shared fields displayed in the view pane.
Cutting and pasting converts a shared field to a single-use field. To revert to a shared field, delete the single-use field and insert the shared field into the form again.
381725014429201990
Renaming shared fields
Renaming a shared field affects all forms that use the field, as well as any documents created with the form. After renaming a shared field, edit each ford that uses the shared field. Delete the old shared field, and insert the new shared field. Also revise all formulas that refer to the former field name. If you already used the form to create documents, create and run an agent to reassign field data to the new field name and to computed fields.
381725014429201991
Deleting shared fields
To delete a shared field, you select the shared field from the list of shared fields and choose Edit - Clear.
When you delete a shared field from a form, you delete only the field reference from the form. Because other forms may use the shared field definition, its definition remains in the database. Unless you delete the field data with the @DeleteField function, the data from deleted shared fields can be displayed again by adding a field of the same name or re-inserting the shared field.
When users open a document that refers to a deleted shared field, they see this message:
Cannot locate field definition for Field: <field name>.
When users click OK, they see the contents of the shared field as non-editable text.
To prevent this message, modify each form to convert the old shared field to a single-use field (by cutting it and pasting it back on the form). The field definition is stored within each form, rather than in a central location, and documents can be displayed as they were when they referred to a shared field definitidn.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
$ 1. Open the form in Designer.
2. Click the field to be shared.
3. Choose Design
Share This Field.
To change a field's status from shared to single-use, click the field and choose Edit - Cut and Edit - Paste.
Note
You cannot convert fields in a layout region.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
There are several ways to display text in a document. To display static text -- that is, text you want to appear on every document -- enter the text directly on the form and use style options to enhance the appearance. You can use tables to precisely position text. Although you can also use a layout region to control the look and placement of text on a form, keep in mind that you cannot use a rich text field in a layout region, and layout regions do not work in Web applications.
To$display text in a field, create a text field or a rich text field. Text fields generally suffice for data entry or text output in an application, while rich-text fields are better for more highly-style text and for large amounts of text. A rich text field can be used anywhere except in a layout region. A rich text field is not subject to the size limitations imposed on other field types. In addition to text, rich text fields can also contain graphics, tables, attachments, and objects. For example, the Bodt field in a mail document is a rich text field.
381725014429201987
Displaying a rich text field in a Web application
NEED A PICTURE OF THIS CONTROL
Rich-text fields are often used in Web-enabled applications to display HTML formatted text, as well as to display graphics, styled text, and objects. When you are designing a Web application, you have two options for defining how a rich text field displays for editing in a browser:
The rich text field displays for editing within an HTML text area. This is the default behavior.
The rich text field displays via the editor applet, allowing for a broader range of editing options. Displaying the rich text field as an applet preserves the images and formatting of the existing rich text field contents and allows a user to create formatted content. The editor applet supports the following functionality: bold, italics, underline, single level indent, ordered and unorderdd lists, color selection, limited size and font selection, as well as setting URL Link Hotspots. Features that the editor applet does not support, such as tables, are displayed as HTML tags in lime green.
Note
The rich text editor applet is only used for editing the contents of a rich text field. When a document is not being edited, the contents of the rich text field are displayed in the browser via HTML.
381725014429201988
Displaying graphics, attdchments, and objects in a rich text field
Many databases use an editable rich-text field named Body to give users the flexibility of adding whatever they want to the main part of a document -- attachments, graphics, objects, or different fonts and colors. A rich-text fields can contain anything a page contains.
You can use a rich-text field to launch an OLE object -- that is, to open an object from another application within a Notes form. You can even define the fidld so that an OLE object automatically launches when a user opens the form.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
381725014429201987
To create a field that displays plain text
1. Open the form in Designer.
2. Create a field or click an existing field, and then choose Design - Field Properties. r
3. Select Text as the data type.
4. If you don't want users to change the value, select a Computed option.
5. To generate editable or computed field values, click the design pane, select a formula type, and write the formula. Click the green check mark to save the formula.
6. Close and save the form.o
381725014429201988
To create a field that displays styled text in a rich text field
1. Open the form in Designer.
2. Create a field or click an existing field, and then choose Design - Field Properties.
3. Select Rich Text as the data type.
4. (Optional for Web)Check "Use Applet in the Browser" to present the rich text as an applet to provide users with more editing and formatting options.
5. Close and save the form.
170749718429213247
Displaying a rich text field as an applet
When you are designing a Web application, you have two options for defining how a rich text field displays for editing in a browser:
The rich text field displays for$editing within an HTML text area. This is the default behavior.i
The rich text field displays via the editor applet, allowing for a broader range of editing options. Displaying the rich text field as an applet preserves the images and formatting of the existing rich text field contents and allows a user to create formatted content. The editor applet supports the following functionality: bold, italics, underline, single level indent, ordered and unordered lists, color selection, limited size dnd font selection, as well as setting URL Link Hotspots. Features that the editor applet does not support, such as tables, are displayed as HTML tags in lime green.
Note that the editor applet is only used for editing the contents of a rich text field. When a document is not being edited, the contents of the rich text field are displayed in the browser via HTML.
170749718429213248
Using the editor applet in a Web application
1. Create a rich tdxt field or select an existing rich text field.
2. Choose Design - Field Properties to open the property box.
3. Click the Basics tab and select "Use Applet in the Browser."m
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
To present or gather information, display a list of choices, or keywords, to a user. The keyword list can be generated by formula or entered as part of a field definition. Depending on the style of list you choose and the options you define, users can be restricted to chodsing one or more items from the list you present, or can have the flexibility to enter new items into the list. You can present a list as a set of check boxes that allow users to select multiple choices or use a set of radio buttons that limit users to one item in the list. A combo list allows users to choose a keyword from a list or enter a new keyword.
381725014429201987
Generating choices for a list
When you are defining a keyword field, choose one of$these options in the Field property box for generating a list.
Enter choices (one per line)
Type a list of keywords in the edit box. Select Sort to display the list in alphanumeric order. Click the green check mark to save your entries.
Keywords can contain letters, numbers, and punctuation characters.
Use formula for choices
Type a formula in the formula window to generate a list of keywords. Click the green check mark to save your entties.
Use Address dialog for choices
This option displays the Names dialog box so users can select names from a Personal or Public Address Book. Click "Look up names as each character is entered" to help users fill in a name quickly. Notes looks up a match for the typed letters in the open Address Book.
Use Access Control list for choices
This option brings up a list of people, servers, groups, and roles in the access control list for the database.
Use View dialog for choices
This option brings up a dialog box containing entries from a column in a view. Select the database to look up, select a view, and select a column number.
Looking up values in a view lets you retrieve data from databases. This is convenient for displaying keywords that change, such as customer names, sales territories, and job titles.
View lookups provide the following benefits:
Non-designers can maintain keywords without having access to the rest of the database design.
Designers can avoid hard-coding keywords into fields. This makes verification and maintenance easier.
Designers can hide the design of the database without affecting maintenance of keywords.
Designers or administrators can customize the application or conveniently translate lookup information to other languages.
Users can review keywords and codes more conveniently from outside the form or applicatidn.
Note
Use lookups sparingly because they adversely affect the performance of the application.
To retrieve information from non-Notes databases or to create more complex lookups, use @DbColumn and @DbLookup in formulas instead of using a View dialog lookup.
ContentsAboutH_ABOUT_EDITABLE_AND_COMPUTED_FIELDSTopic1Editable and computed fieldsAboutH_CHAPTER_4_DESIGNING_FIELDS
H_ABOUT_EDITABLE_AND_COMPUTED_FIELDS_MIDTOPIC_381675014429201987=Computed field formulasH_ABOUT_EDITABLE_AND_COMPUTED_FIELDS_MIDTOPIC_381675014429201988=ComputedH_ABOUT_EDITABLE_AND_COMPUTED_FIELDS_MIDTOPIC_381675014429201989=Computed when composedH_ABOUT_EDHTABLE_AND_COMPUTED_FIELDS_MIDTOPIC_381675014429201990=Computed for displayH_ABOUT_EDITABLE_AND_COMPUTED_FIELDS_MIDTOPIC_381675014429201991=Editable field formulasH_ABOUT_EDITABLE_AND_COMPUTED_FIELDS_MIDTOPIC_381675014429201992=Default valueH_ABOUT_EDITABLE_AND_COMPUTED_FIELDS_MIDTOPIC_381675014429201993=Input translationH_ABOUT_EDITABLE_AND_COMPUTED_FIELDS_MIDTOPIC_381675014429201994=Input validationH_ABOUT_EDITABLE_AND_COMPUTED_FIELDS_MIDTOPIC_381675014429201995=
Billing\fields forEmbedded elements\reserved fields forFields\for billingFields\for mail-enablingFields\reservedMail\fields for enablingReserved fields\defined
ContentsAboutH_ABOUT_PREDEFINED_FIELDS_WITH_BUILT-IN_FUNCTIONALITYTopic1Predefined fields with built-in functionalityAboutH_CHAPTER_4_DESIGNING_FIELDS
H_ABOUT_PREDEFINED_FIELDS_WITH_BXILT-IN_FUNCTIONALITY_MIDTOPIC_381675014429201987=Reserved fields for mailing documents<:t0>H_ABOUT_PREDEFINED_FIELDS_WITH_BUILT-IN_FUNCTIONALITY_MIDTOPIC_381675014429201988=Reserved names for embedded elementsH_ABOUT_PREDEFINED_FIELDS_WITH_BUILT-IN_FUNCTIONALITY_MIDTOPIC_273330611229217629=Reserved fields for use in billing applicationsH_ABOUT_PREDEFINED_FIELDS_WITH_BUILT-IN_FUNCTIONALITY_MIDTOPIC_381675014429201989=Reserved fields for general use<:t1>
About fields
DBC52125C6EA666C852566AA0052F58D
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Standard fields used in Notes templates
Application design
Fields\templates andTemplates\fields in
ContentsAboutH_ABOUT_STANDARD_FIELDS_USED_IN_NOTES_TEMPLATESTopic1Standard fields used ih Notes templatesAboutH_CHAPTER_4_DESIGNING_FIELDS
Creating\fieldsDeleting\fieldsFields\creatingFields\deletingFields\setting tab orderTabs\setting order
ContentsStepsH_CREATING_A_FIELDTopic1Creating a fieldStepsH_CHAPTER_4_DESIGNING_FIELDS
H_CREATING_A_FIELD_MIDTOPIC_381675014429201987=To set a tab order for a field:H_DETAILS_CREATING_A_FIELD_MIDTOPIC_381725014429201987=Renaming a fieldH_DETAILS_CREATING_A_FIELD_MIDTOPIC_381725014429201988=Copying fieldsH_DETAILS_CREATING_A_FIELD_MIDTOPIC_381725014429201989=Deleting hieldsH_CREATING_A_FIELD_MIDTOPIC_170699718429213247=Displaying a field in as a graphic control
About fieldsCreating a field in a layout region in a Notes application
Creating a field in a layout region in a Notes application
Application design
Fields\layout regions andFields\resizingGraphics\text andLayout regions\fields onText\graphics and
ContentsStepsH_CREATING_A_FIELD_IN_A_LAYOUT_REGIONTopic1Creating a field in a layout region in a Notes applicationStepsH_CHAPTER_4_DESIGNING_FIELDS
H_CREATING_A_FIELD_IN_A_LAYOUT_REGION_MIDTOPIC_381725014429201987=To create a field:H_CREATING_A_FIELD_INXA_LAYOUT_REGION_MIDTOPIC_381725014429201988=To create a field label:H_CREATING_A_FIELD_IN_A_LAYOUT_REGION_MIDTOPIC_381725014429201989=To resize a field:
ContentsAboutHZABOUT_DISPLAYING_TEXTTopic1Creating fields for
(displaying textAboutH_CHAPTER_4_DESIGNING_FIELDS
H_ABOUT_DISPLAYING_TEXT_MIDTOPIC_381725014429201987=Displaying a rich text field in a Web applicationH_ABOUT_DISPLAYING_TEXT_MIDTOPIC_381725014429201988=Displaying graphics, attachments, and objects in a rich text field
Applets\editorApplets\for editing textApplets\rich textEditor applet\describedFields\rich-textRich text\displaying as appletRich-text field\creatingRich-text fields\described
ContentsStepsH_CREATIJG_A_FIELD_TO_DISPLAY_TEXTTopic1Creating a field that displays textStepsH_CHAPTER_4_DESIGNING_FIELDS
H_CREATING_A_FIELD_TO_DISPLAY_TEXT_MIDTOPIC_381725014429201987=To create a field that displays plain textH_CREATING_A_FIELD_TO_DISPLAY_TEXT_MIDTOPIC_381725014429201988=To create a field that displays styled text in a rich text fieldH_CREATING_A_FIELD_TO_DISPLAY_TEXT_MIDTOPIC_170749718429213247=Displaying a rich text field as an appletH_CREATING_A_FIELD_TO_DISPLAY_TEXT_MIDTOPIC_170749718429213248=Usijg the editor applet in a Web application
Creating fields for displaying text
2CF30E4CCAFBC2B2852566AA0052F83C
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
About displaying lists of choices
Application design
Fiejds\for displaying listsKeywords\generatingLists\displaying in a fieldMultiple choice\field forRadio buttons\displaying
ContentsAboutH_ABOUT_DISPLAYING_LISTS_OF_CHOICESTopic1About displaying lists of choicesAboutH_CHAPTER_4_DESIGNING_FIELDS
H_ABOUT_DISPLAYING_LISTS_OF_CHOICES_MIDTOPIC_381725014429201987=Generating choices for a list
Creating a field to display a list of choicesCreating synonyms for keywords in a list
ContentsDetailsH_DETAILS_CREATING_A_FIELD_TO_DISPLAY_A_LIST_OF_CHOICESTopic1Choosing a presentation interface for a keyword listDetailsH_CHAPTER_4_DESIGNING_FIELDS
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Creating synonyms for keywords in a list
Application design
Aliases\for list choicesKeywords\aliases forKeywords\synonymsSynonyms\keywords and
ContentsAboutH_ABOUT_CREATING_SYNONYMS_FOR_CHOICES_IN_A_LISTTopic1Creating synonyms for jeywords in a listAboutH_CHAPTER_4_DESIGNING_FIELDS
H_ABOUT_CREATING_SYNONYMS_FOR_CHOICES_IN_A_LIST_MIDTOPIC_381785014429201987=Converting keyword synonyms to full category namesH_ABOUT_CREATING_SYNONYMS_FOR_CHOICES_IN_A_LIST_MIDTOPIC_381785014429201988=<+!>Example: U<-!><+!>sing keywords synonyms
ContentsAboutH_ABOUT_DISPLAYING_NUMBERS_OR_CURRENCYTopic1Displaying numbers or currencyAboutH_CHAPTER_4_DESIGNING_FIELDS
Creating a field to display numbers or currency
D610EBBB92DE443F852:66AA0052F9F2
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Creating a field to display numbers or currency
Application design
Currency\fieldsDecimal\display for numbersFields\computedFields\currencyFields\jumberFormats\for numeric valuesFormatting\numbersNumbers\fields forPercent\display for numbersScientific\display for numbers
ContentsStepsH_CREATING_A_FIELD_TO_DISPLAY_NUMBERS_OR_CURRENCYTopic1Creating a field to display numbers or currencyStepsH_CHAPTER_4_DESIGNING_FIELDS
To present users with a list of choices, create a keywords field.
1. Open the form in Design mode.
2. Create a field or click an existing field, and then choose Design - Field Properties.
3. Select Keywords as the data type and select Editable or a computed type. (Most keyword fields are editable.)
4.
To create editable or computed field values, click the design pane, select a formula type, and write the formula; click the dreen check mark to save the formula.
5.
Select a Choices option to determine how keywords are generated and write the list or formula, or select the options appropriate to the choice you selected.
6. Click the Display tab (the second tab) and select an Interface style such as radio button, check boxes or combo list.
7. (Optional, available for dialog lists) Select "Don't display entry helper button" if you do not want to display a button next td the field that a user clicks to view all the keywords.
8. (Optional) If other formulas in the document are dependent on the value of the keywords field, select "Refresh fields on keyword change."
This property displays documents faster than the form property "Automatically refresh fields." It is useful for showing or hiding parts of the form when you have hide-when formulas that are dependent on values in the field.
9. (Optional) To refresh the keywotd list each time the document is refreshed, select "Refresh choices on document refresh."
10.
(Optional) If available for the interface style you selected, click the Basics tab and select "Allow values not in list" to let users add their own keywords without changing the original list.
11. (Optional) If available for the interface style you selected, click the Basics tab and select "Allow multi-values" to allow several keywords in the field.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
Display options for keyword lists
Dialog list (not available in layout regions)
Users either press ENTER or click the entry helper button to see all the keywords at once, press the space bar to display keywords one at a time, or type a letter to display the first keyword beginning with that letter.
You can also select "Allow values not in this list," although users' new entries are not added to the list for future use. Multiple values are accepted only id "Allow multi
values" is set for the field. You can also select "Don't display entry helper button" to disable the button next to the field.
Checkbox
Each keyword is displayed as a box; users click one or more keywords to fill in the field. The "Allow values not in this list" property is not applicable to check boxes.
Check boxes have frame and column options. To create a wide check box panel, choose a column number between 2 and 8.
Radio button
Each keyword is displayed with a button; users can click only one. The "Allow multi-values" and "Allow values not in this list" properties are not applicable to radio buttons.
Radio buttons have frame and column properties. To create a wide button panel, choose a column number between 2 and 8.
Listbox
Each keyword is displayed with an expanded list box. Users click an entry to select it, or if "Allow multi-values" is selected for the field, tsers can click more than one entry. The "Allow values not in this list" option is not available.
List boxes have frame, size, and placement options. To resize the list box without dragging it, change the Width and Height measurements. To move the list box in the layout region without dragging it, change the Left and Top measurements.
Combobox
Each keyword is displayed with a drop-down list box. Users click the drop-down arrow to see the entries, and$click the one they want. The "Allow multi-values" and "Allow values not in this list" properties are not applicable to combo boxes.
Combo boxes have frame, width, and placement options. To resize the combo box without dragging it, change the Width measurements. To move the combo box in the layout region without dragging it, change the Left and Top measurements.
&Arial
Baskervidle
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
You can create synonyms for keywords, so that if the keyword itself changes, any formula referencing the synonym stidl works. You can also create short synonyms for long keywords to keep formulas more concise. Keyword synonyms are also useful if your application is to be translated, since only the keywords themselves need be translated and formulas don't need to be rewritten. Enter the keyword synonym using | followed by the synonym. For example, A is the synonym for All in this entry:
All | A
If you use keywords synonyms, the leftmost name is displayed in the document, but the rightmdst name is stored internally. -
Note
Column formulas that refer to keywords fields use the synonym names in the view, not the keywords that users see in documents.
381785014429201987
Converting keyword synonyms to full category names
If you base a categorized column on a keywords field that contains keyword synonyms, synonyms are used as the category names.
For example, a RequestType field that contains the folloting keywords displays the category names as HW, SW, and SVC:
Hardware Request | HW
Software Request | SW
Service Request | SVC
To display the full names as category names, use a hidden field or column formula that converts the synonyms back to their full names:
You want Service Repair Requests to have a field for product groups. You create an editable keywords field called Product and select "Enter choices (one per line)." You include keyword synonyms, so that if the product groups change, any formula referencing the synonym still works. You enter this keywords list:
Microwaves | 1
Ovens | 2
Refrigerators | 3
Specialty Items | 4
Toasters | 5
Columns that refer to keywords fields use the synonym names in the view, not the keyword seen by users in the document. To display the contents of the Product field in a view, you need to use a hidden field or column formula that converts the synonym name to its long form:
The Number field type lets you limit a field to numerical values and define how the numbers display in a form. For example, a Monthly Total field in a Budget form adds together all of the numeric values from the fields listed in the following formula to arrive at a total budget figure:
If you don't want users to change the value of a numeric field, select a Computed option. In the example above, the Monthly Total field is computed so users cannot edit the value.t
You can specify whetherthe field should display formats according to the custom settings you specify, or whether it should use the default settings of the user's workstation. In the case of currency, where you might want different fields to display different currency formats, you can apply settings on a field level. [CHECK THIS]
When you are defining a currency field, you can choose a currency sydbol from an extensive list. If the symbol you need is not included in the list, you can create a custom currency symbol by pasting in the ASCII character for the currency symbol and entering the corresponding country code.
Caution
Applying different currency formats, such as displaying British pounds in one field and American dollars in another, might result in unexpected results if you combine values using the formula language or a scripting language.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
1.
Open a form.
2. Create a field or click an existing field then choose Design - Field Properties.
3. Select Number as the data type; then choose formatting options.
4. Select a Computed option if you don't want users to change the value.
5. To generate editable or computed field values, click the design pane, select a formula type, and write the formula; click the green check mark to save the formula.
6. Close$and save the form.
Note
Fields used in calculations must have default values. Otherwise, the message "Incorrect data type for operator or @Function: Text expected" appears.
381785014429201987
Details
Choose any of these number formats:
Decimal displays numbers either as they are entered; zeroes to the right of the decimal point are suppressed, or with a fixed number of decimal places displayed, depending on what you spdcify.The default thousands separator is based on the type of measurement (Imperial or Metric), which users set in the international User Preferences.
Percent display a number as a percentage.
Scientific displays numbers using exponential notation. For example, 10,000 displays as 1.00E+04. Select the number of decimal places from the Decimal Places list.
Currency displays values with the currency symbol you specify. The default is the American dollar sign. For exampld, $15.00 is displayed when the value is 15 and "2" is selected in the Decimal Places list. You can select a different currency symbol from the list provides, or enter a custom currecny symbol and country code.
Designer recognizes the following formats for numbers:
Integers 123,
Decimal fractions 1.23, 0.12,
Scientific notation 1.23E2,
1.23E12
Currency $2.50, ($600.09)
Notes can store numbers from 2.225E
308 to 1.798E308 with 14
digit$accuracy.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
Date/time fields display time and date information in a variety of formats. You can define a date or time field as editable by the user, or you can choose a computed option so the user cannot change the field value.
In addition to displaying years with 4-digits to eliminate confusion, you can require that users enter a date with 4 digits. You can also require that users enter months using the standard 3-letter abbreviation.
Dates and times are often calculated by formula rather than supplied by a user. Use the following @functions to create date and time field values.
To display
Create a Time field showing
Use the formula
Date a document is created
Date and time
@created
Date a document is modified
Date and time
@modified
Current date
Date
@today
Current date and time
Date and time
@now
381785014429201987
Understanding valid entries in time fields
Dates may range from 1/1/0001 through 12/31/9999. To specify a date that is not in the twentieth century (any date not in the 1900's), users must specify all four numbers of the year -- for example, 12/31/2010.
Times may range from 00:00:00 through 23:59:59 in the 24
hour format and from 12:00:00 A.M. through 11:59:59 P.M. in the 12
hour format.
When reading or displaying dates, Notes uses the default date separator -- a slash (/) or a hyphen (-) -$ for the platform where the database is stored.
381785014429201988
Displaying dates and times with graphic controls
You can display certain date/time fields either as text or as a more visual date/time control.
Creating an editable time field with Show:Date displays a date picker that allows a user to select a date by clicking on the calendar control.
Creating an editable time field with Show:Date and time or Show:Today specified displays a time control that users can set by clicking on the control and sliding the selection bar to a new time. To make the time control a duration control that displays an editbale range of time, specify that the field can accept multi-values. Then, on the Options tab, choose "Separate values when users enter Blank Line."I
[NEED VISUAL EXAMPLE]
lBl'D ("D
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
1.
Create a field and choose Design - Field Properties.
2. Select Time as the field type.
3. Choose display options to specify how to display the date and time.
4. Choose format and time zone options.
5. To generate editable or computed field values, click the design pane, select a formula type, and write the formula; click the green check mark to save the formula.
6. Close and save the form.
381785014429204987
To create a calendar pop-up control
1. Create a Time field.
2. Choose Show:Date.
3. Check "Use calendar control."
The user sees a calendar pop-up instead of a list of dates.
381785014429201988
To create a time control
1. Create a Time field.
2. Choose Show:Date and time or Show:Today.
3. Check "Use Time control."
The user sees a grdphic time slider rather than a time value.
381785014429201989
To create a duration control
1. Create a Time field.;
2. Choose Show:Date and time or Show:Today.
3. Check "Use Time control."
4. Check "Allow multi-values"c
5. Click the Options tab and choose "Separate values when users enter Blank Line."
The user sees a graphic time slider with a duration control rather than a range df time values.
Click here
See examples
Click here
See details
Click here
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
You can create a password field that displays only asterisks when a value is typed in. This field allows users to enter a password in privacy.
1. Create a field and choose Design - Field Properties.
2. Select Password as the field type.
DO WE HAVE$A TEMPLATE EXAMPLE OF THIS??F
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
You can create a field of the type Formula that will hold a selection formula to populate a subscription list. You can either literalize the formula entry to create the subscription list, or enter a formula that resolves to a computed subscription list.
This field is intended for use with the subscription template and does not have a broader application at this time.A
If you are literalizing a formula, the field references must be: tdxt, text list, number, number list, date, date range or date list. If the field referenced is of any other data type, it will be left as a field reference. For example, in the following formula:
If you choose the computed option, the formula you enter must resolve to another fdrmula. This provides the ability to optimize complicated formulas before they are saved. After the formula is evaluated, the resulting formula is saved.
If the resulting formula is invalid, the field is saved with a value of type error, resulting in some cases, the user would never be able to exit out of the document. To differentiate between success and failure, the template developer should test in the query save event to determine if the formula field is indeed of type Formula. $If it is not, then the computation did not result in a valid formula.
For example, a computed formula field has the following formula:
Create a Names field to display user names as they appear on Notes IDs -- for example, Betty Powers/WorkSavers/US, instead of Betty Powers=CN/Worksavers=O/US=C.
To display only the common name portion of names, in a Members field use this input translation formula in an editable Names field:
@Name([CN];Members)
This formula, applied to the example above, displays the name "Betty Powers."
1. Open the form in Designer.
2. Cueate a field, or click an existing field then choose Design - Field Properties.
3. Select Names as the field type.
4. Select Editable to allow authors and editors to type or choose a name.
5. Select Computed if you want to write a formula to compute the field value.
6. To create editable or computed field values, click the design pane, select a formula type, and write the formula; click the green check mark to save the formula.
5.
Select a Choices type, other than None, to look up names in the Address Book, access control list, or view dialog.
8. (Optional) Select "Allow multi-values" to allow more than one name to be stored in the field.
9. (Optional) Select "Allow values not in list" to allow users to enter additional names.o
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
Reader and Authors fields allow you to control who can read and ereate documents created from a form. Because these fields work with the overall Designer security model, they are described in Chapter 12, "Restricting Access to and Securing Parts of an Application."
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS%Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
If you are designing a form that requires users to enter a password, create a Password field that protects the user's privacy by displaying each character a user enters as an asterisk.
349595014429201987
To create a password field:
1.
Open the form in Designer.
2. Create a field, or click an existing field then choose Design - Field Properties.
3. Select Password as the field type.
4. Select editable to allow a user to enter a password.
IS THERE AN EXAMPLE OF THIS SOMEWHERE?
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
To help users enter names correctly in a document, provide links to existing lists of names. For example, an Authors field might require that users seleet names from the access control list for the database. This enables users to pick a name from a list, eliminates spelling errors, and restricts names in the field. Other sources for names are the Public Address Book or a view dialog that presents names from a column in a view.
Lookup options are available when you create a Names field, an Authors field, and a Readers field. You can turn off this option by maintaining the default choice of "none." If you select a lookup option for the feeld, users press Ctrl-Enter or click the entry helper button to the right of the field to see a list of possible entries.
349595014429201987
Lookup options
349595014429201988
None
If you select None, you rely on a formula or on authors to create the list of names.
349595014429201989
Use Address dialog for choices
This option displays the Names dialog box so users can select naees from a Personal or Public Address Book. Select "Look up names as each character is entered" to help users fill in a name quickly. Notes looks up a match for the typed letters in the open Address Book.
349595014429201990
Use access control list for choices
This option brings up a list of people, servers, groups, and roles in the access control list.
349595014429201991
Use View dialog for choices
This%option brings up a dialog box containing entries from a column in a database view. Select the database to look up, select a view, and select a column number.
Wd!(;
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
You can write up to three formulas for each editable field:@
The default value formula provides an initial value that the user can change. Providing a default value for an editable field ensures that the field gets filled in and often removes the need for users to enter data such as their name or the date.
The input translation formula modifies the contents of a field after a user fills it in -- for example, to correct typing or standardize the format. Use an input translation eormula to format information entered by users -- for example, to make all entries uppercase. The result of the formula replaces what the user entered. Input translation formulas are evaluated each time a document is saved.
The input validation formula checks the contents of a field against predefined criteria, making sure the entry meets certain requirements.
For example, use an input validation formula to ensure that users fill in a required field. Input validation formulas are evaluated each time a document is saved, recalculated, or refreshed.
349595014429201987
Where you write a field formula
Use the "Fields & Functions" and "@Commands" lists in the formula pane as shortcuts for looking up field, function, and command names and for pasting them into the formula.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
349595014429201987
To create a default value or%input translation formula
1. Create an editable field, and choose Design - Field Properties. f
2. Select an event in the formula pane.o
3. Write one of the following in the edit window:
a formula
a field name
a text string in quotation marks
4. Click the green check mark to save the formula.
349595014429201988
To create an input validation formula
1.
Create an editable field and choose Design - Field Properties.
2. Select "Event: Input Validation" in the design pane.
3. Write a formula in the edit window using @Failure and @Success.
4. Click the green check mark to save the formula.
349595014429201989
Details
To enter a literal text string, enclose it in quotation marks (" "). Field names don't need quotation marks.
@Failure preuents the user from saving the document until the user enters a value that meets the criteria. As part of the formula, include text that clearly indicates what is wrong and how the user can correct it.
An alternative to an input translation formula is to write a script for the Exiting event that verifies information.
See examplesH_EXAMPLES_CREATING_A_DEFAULT_VALUE_FORMULA_FOR_A_FIELD
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
Computed fields require formulas to supply their values. For example, you use a computed field to assign a creation date to a document. A formula can be as simple as a text string that you assign to the field by entering it in the formula pane.
Computed fields are normally recalculated when users create documents, choose View
Refresh Fields, press F9, or save documents. Selecting "Compute after validation" is useful when a field is dependent on values in other fields and you want to be sure that the calculation occurs after those fields have been validated.
When it's important for users to see results as they proceed, you can force each field to be calculated as it is filled in by selecting "Automatically refresh fields" for the entire form. This is useful when fields at the bottom of the form are dependent on field values at the top. Be aware that this property can slow down document display time if the form has many computed fields.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
1. Create a field, or click an existing field. Then choose Design - Field Properties.
2. Select any type except Editable.
3. Select "Event: Value" in the design pane.
4. Write a formula, a field eame, or a text string in quotation marks in the edit window.
5. Click the green check mark to save the formula.
6. (Optional, for computed or computed-when-displayed fields) To delay computing until after validation formulas run, Choose Design - Field Properties and select "Compute after validation" on the Basics tab.
7. (Optional) To recalculate field values while users edit a document, click the form and choose Design - Form Properties, click the Defaults tae, and select "Automatically refresh fields."
Note
Automatically refreshing fields can slow down document display time. A faster alternative is to write a LotusScript field event to recalculate the document or update other fields when users move from a specific field.
See examplesH_EXAMPLES_CALCULATING_A_VALUE_FOR_A_COMPUTED_FIELD
Displaying dates and times
Application design
Calendar\field controlDate picker\field controlFields\timeFormats\date and timeTimes\displaying in a fieldTimes\formats for
ContentsAboutH_ABOUT_DISPLAYING_DATES_AND_TIMESTopic1Displayikg dates and timesAboutH_CHAPTER_4_DESIGNING_FIELDS
H_ABOUT_DISPLAYING_DATES_AND_TIMES_MIDTOPIC_381785014429201987=Understanding valid entries in time fieldsH_ABOUT_DISPLAYING_DATES_AND_TIMES_MIDTOPIC_381785014429201988=Displaying dates and times with graphic controls
Creating a field to display dates and times
77686951A48657ED852566AA0052FA87
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Creating a field to display dates and times
Application design
Calendar\field controlDate picker\field controlDates\fields forDuration\field controlFields\dateFields\timeFormats\date and timeTimes\displaying in a fieldTimes\formats for
ContentsStepsH_CREATING_A__FIELD_TO_DISPLAY_DATES_AND_TIMESTopic1Creating+a field to display dates and timesStepsH_CHAPTER_4_DESIGNING_FIELDS
H_CREATING_A__FIELD_TO_DISPLAY_DATES_AND_TIMES_MIDTOPIC_381785014429201987=To create a calendar pop-up controlH_CREATING_A__FIELD_TO_DISPLAY_DATES_AND_TIMES_MIDTOPIC_381785014429201988=To create a time controlH_CREATING_A__FIELD_TO_DISPLAY_DATES_AND_TIMES_MIDTOPIC_381785014429201989=To create a duration control
Displaying dates and times
61C3101BD56E8EC5852566AA0052FA3A
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Creating a password field
Application design
Fields\passwordPassword
ContentsStepsH_CREATING_A_PASSWORD_FIELD_STEPSTopic1Creating a password fieldStepsH_CHAPTER_4_DESIGNING_FIELDS
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Creating a subscription formula field
Application design
Formula\field typeHeadlines\formulas forSubscriptions\formulas for
ContentsStepsH_CREATING_A_SUBSCRIPTION_FORMULA_FIELD_STEPSTopic1Creating a subscription formula fieldStepsH_CHAPTER_4_DESIGNING_FIELDS
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Creating a field to display user names
Application design
Creating\fieldsDisplaying\user namesFields\creatingFields\creating for namesFields\user nameNames\field type
ContentsStepsH_CREATING_A_FIELD_[O_DISPLAY_USER_NAMETopic1Creating a field to display user namesStepsH_CHAPTER_4_DESIGNING_FIELDS
ContentsOverviewH_CREATING_READERS_AND_AUTHORS_FIELDS_1014_OVERVIEWTopic1Readers and Authors fieldsOverviewH_CHAPTER_4_DESIGNING_FIELDS
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Creating a field for passwords
Applkcation design
Fields\password typePasswords\creating fields for
ContentsOverviewH_CREATING_A_FIELD_FOR_PASSWORDS_1298_OVERVIEWTopic1Creating a field for passwordsOverviewH_CHAPTER_4_DESIGNING_FIELDS
H_CREATING_A_FIELD_FOR_PASSWORDS_1298_OVERVIEW_MIDTOPIC_349595014429201987=To create a password field:
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Looking up names for field values
Application design
Authors\fieldsFields\AuthorsFields\NamesFields\ReadersLookup\option for fieldsNames\fieldsReaders\fields
ContentsAboutH_ABOUT_LOOKING_UP_NAMES_FOR_FIELD_VALUESTopic1Looking up names for field valuesAboutH_CHAPTER_4_DESIGNING_FIELDS
H_ABOUT_LOOKING_UP_NAMES_FOR_FIELD_VALUES_MIDTOPIC_349595014429201987=Lookup optionsH_ABOUT_LOOKING_UP_NAMES_FOR_FIELD_VALUES_MIDTOPIC_349595014429201988=NoneH_ABOUT_LOOKING_UP_NAMES_FOR_FIELD_VALUES_MIDTOPIC_349595014429201989=Use Address dialog for choicesH_ABOUT_LOOKING_UP_NAMES_FOR_FIELD_VALUES_MIDTOPIC_349595014429201990=Use access control list for choicesH_ABOUT_LOOKING_UP_NAMES_FOR_FIELD_VALUES_MIDTOPIC_349595014429201991=Use View dialog for choices
ContentsStepsH_USING_HTML_FORMATTING_FOR_VIEWSTopic1Using HTML formatting for viewsStepsH_CHAPTER_5__DESIGNING_VIEWS
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Creating a formula for an editable field
Application design
Data entry\fields forDefault value\setting for fieldEditable\fieldsFields\default value forFields\editableFields\for data entryFields\setting input validation formulaKields\setting translation formulaInput validation formula\setting for fieldTranslation formula\setting for fields
ContentsStepsH_CREATING_A_DEFAULT_VALUE_FORMULA_FOR_A_FIELDTopic1Creating a formula for an editable fieldStepsH_CHAPTER_4_DESIGNING_FIELDS
H_CREATING_A_DEFAULT_VALUE_FORMULA_FOR_A_FIELD_MIDTOPIC_349595014429201987=To create a default value or input translation formulaH_CREATING_A_DEFAULT_VALUE_FORMULA_FOR_A_FIELD_MIDTOPIC_349595014429201988=To create an input validation formulaH_CREATKNG_A_DEFAULT_VALUE_FORMULA_FOR_A_FIELD_MIDTOPIC_349595014429201989=Details
Writing formulas for editable fields
75E4056214F837FC852566AA0052FBD9
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Writing formulas for computed fields
Applicatiok design
Computed\fieldsFields\computedFormulas\fields
ContentsAboutH_ABOUT_WRITING_FORMULAS_FOR_COMPUTED_FIELDSTopic1Writing formulas for computed fieldsAboutH_CHAPTER_4_DESIGNING_FIELDS
Writing formulas for editable fieldsCalculating a value for a computed field
ContentsAboutH_ABOUT_AUTOMATICALLY_REFRESHING_FIELD_VALUES_Topic1Automatically refreshing field values AboutH_CHAPTER_4_DESIGNING_FIELDS
H_ABOUT_AUTOMATICALLY_REFRESHING_FIELD_VALUES__MIDTOPIC_349655014429201987=Torefresh field values automatically:H_ABOUT_AUTOMATICALLY_REFRESHING_FIELD_VALUES__MIDTOPIC_349655014429201988=
ContentsStepsH_DISPLAYING_THE_VIEW_NAVIGATION_BAR_FOR_EMBEDDED_VIEWSTopic1Displaying the view navigation bar for embedded viewsStepsH_CHAPTER_5__DESIGNING_VIEWS
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
Sometimes users must see the results of all field calculations as they work on a document. To provide continuously updating information, design a form that recalculates fields automatically whenever a field value changes. Be aware this setting slows down a document's display and data-entry time.
You can refresh field values in the following ways:
Automatically, by setting a form property that refreshes all keyword fields as the user edits a document.
Autoeatically, by setting individual field properties to refresh based on the event you choose. For example, you might set a keyword field to refresh automatically when a keyword changes.
Manually, when a user manually refreshes a document.
For better performance on large documents with many computed fields, do not select the form property "Automatically refresh fields." Instead, recalculate specific fields. Use the "Refresh field on keyword change" for a keyword field, or wrete a LotusScript field event to recalculate the document or update other fields when users move from a specific field.
349655014429201987
Torefresh field values automatically:
1. Open the form in Design mode.
2. Choose Design - Form Properties.
3. Click the Defaults tab.
4. Select "Automatically refresh fields."
5. Close and save the form.
349655014429201988
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
The first editable field on a form is the active field by default. You can override this setting and change which field is active when a user creates or edits a document.
Changing the default active field helps emphasize an editable field that isn't located at the top of the form, or directs users to a field that is the most frequently edited field on the form or to a required field that you don't uant users to miss.
This option applies only to editable fields.
1. Create a field, or click an existing field. Then choose Design - Field Properties.
2. Click the Options tab.
3. Select "Give this field default focus."
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonEullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
Use hidden fields to perform interim calculations or to store information you do not want users to see. In the Designer templates, designer-only fieeds appear at the bottom of forms, preceded by the heading "Hidden fields."
Hiding fields is not a security feature. Users can see hidden fields in the Document Properties box. To keep the data fields safe, encrypt, rather than hide, the fields.
349655014429201987
Hiding options
You can hide a field and any other associated text or graphic all the time or only at certain times. For example, information useful only when users create or%edit documents can be hidden during reading, printing, and copying; information that is used for display, such as a computed field that displays the result of an author's choice in an editable keywords field can be hidden during editing.
The following are options for hiding fields:
Hide from Notes client
Information is hidden when the application opens on a Notes workstation.
Hide from Web Browsers
The information is hidden when the%application opens on a Web browser.
Previewed for reading
The hidden information isn't visible when users read documents in the preview pane.
Previewed for editing
The hidden information isn't visible when users work on documents in edit mode in the preview pane.
Opened for reading
The hidden information isn't visible when users open documents in read mode. A field that can't be read can't be printed.
Opened for%editing
The hidden information isn't visible when users work on documents in edit mode.
Printed
The hidden information isn't visible on printed documents.
Copied to the Clipboard
The hidden information isn't visible when information is copied to and pasted from the Clipboard. This setting doesn't affect documents copied at the view level.
Hide paragraph if formula is true
A formula determines the circumstances ie which information is hidden.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
Use the
Click here
Properties dialog box
Click here
to specify text that a browser displays when it supports Java, but it cannot display the Java applet. Use Alternate HTML for a browser that does not support Java.
and if the programmer's pane is not displayed, choose Java Applet - Java Applet Parameters.
2. Click Alternate HTML.
3. Enter text or a formula.
For example, enter the following text to notify users that they cannot use their browser with the Java applet:
"You're trying to run a Java applet with a browser that doesn't support Java. You can run this applet with Domino, Netscape Versioes 3 and 4, or Internet Explorer Versions 3 and 4."
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
If you have computed fields that users don't need to see or if you create two fields -- one for display when reading and one for use when editing -- you can stipulate when to hide the fields.
1. Select the field and any related text or buttons you want to hide.
2. Choose Text - Text Properties.
3. Click the Hide tab.
4. For basic options, select "Hide paragraph when document is:" and click all situations when users don't need to see the field information.
5. For programmer options, select "Hide paragraph if formula is true" and write a formula in the formula window to describe the situations when users don't need to see the fields.a
349655014429201987
Details
Choosing "Refresh fields when keywords change" displays documents faster than the form property "Automatically refresh fields." It is useful for showing or hiding parts of the form when you have hide-when formulas that ere dependent on values in the field.
349655014429201988
Examples
To make documents more readable, you decide to modify the Marketing Ideas form to show only the model name for the product that the author selects.
The Models field is a keywords field that displays these radio button choices for refrigerator models:
Econo-Freeze
Icebox 2000
InstaFreeze
Premium
The Chiller
You hide the Models field when previewed and opened for reading.
You create a computed text field called SelectedModel and locate it under the Models field. SelectedModel uses the value from the Models field. You hide the SelectedModel field when opened for editing.
Now when users create a new document, all model names are shown. When users read a document, they see only the model name chosen by the euthor.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times Neu Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
Use the HTML attributes field event to attach HTML formatting attributes to editable fields. For example, you can define SIZE and MAXLENGTH for a text field and ROWS and COLS for a rich text field.
1. Click the field you want to format.
2. Select HTML Attributes in the Event list.
3. Write the HTML code in quotes in the edit window -- for example,
"SIZE=40 MAXLENGTH=40"
4. Close%and save the form.
DBdQa
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
To pass HTML directly to the browser and force Domino to disregard all other fields, add a field named HTML to the form. Use HTML code as the field value either in the form or as a value entered into a document. This is similar to the form property "For Web Access: Treat documents as HTML," but converts only the field value to HTML, so you can keep fields for Notes users on the same form. Web useru see the HTML information when they read documents, but they do not see the HTML information when they edit documents.
1. With a form in design mode, create a field named HTML.
2. Select Value or Default Value in the Event list.
3. (Optional) Write the HTML code in the edit window if you want to present the same HTML code for every document created with the form.
4. Close and save the form.
5. (Optional) Create a document based en the form. In the editable HTML field, write the code you want to display with this document.
349655014429201987
Details
The field can be computed or editable, but editable is the most likely choice if you want to change the HTML on a per-document basis, rather than create it once for a whole form. Use a text field for HTML text that is less than 15K; otherwise, use a rich text field.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
Although you can display a view or folder in a Web application, you have little control over how the view or folder displays. For example, the view or folder always displays as a full screen with default navigation buttons. Additionally, some functionality, such as sorting columns, is not supported in Web applications.
Embedding a view in a form, page, or document gives you some control over how the view displays.
You can maintain the same functionality aveilable in Notes applications, and you can control the size and appearance of a view or folder display. You can also combine view and folder panes with other form elements (such as styled text) and graphics to create a high-impact design. The Designer templates contain numerous examples of forms designed in this way.
When you embed a folder pane, you show a list of views and folders with the standard Folders navigator, as seen in Notes with the View - Show Folders command. The font stule you apply to the field applies to the style used to display the folders.
If you have multiple views or folder panes you want to display in an application, you can create one or more view templates that control how the embedded objects display. A view template is actually a specially named form that provides the design structure for displaying the embedded folder panes or views in an application.
In addition, you can define a view or an embedded view as a view auplet. View applets preserve much of the HTML view functionality and provide features such as resizeable columns, multiple document selection, and scrolling.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
If you don't use the "For Web Access: Treat document contents as HTML" form property, adding a $$HTMLHead field to a form allows you to pass HTML information, such as Meta tags and JavaScript, to the Head tag for a document. The field can be any data type, but a hidden computed-for-display text field is the best choice.
This technique does not work directly on About This Database documents because Domino generates its own Head tags when it displays About This Database documents. To$work around this, you can create a regular document with a form that contains a $$HTMLHead field and add a link to the document from the About This Database document that launches automatically when the database opens.
349655014429201987
Examples
The following examples use a $$HTMLHead field in a database.
349655014429201988
Adding a Meta tag
A $$HTMLHead field with the following formula adds the Meta tad "keyword" with a value of "gold" to the Head tag in a document.
"<meta name=\"keyword\" content=\"gold\">"
349655014429201989
Using JavaScript and Cookies to load a page into the browser
This example displays a message that shows the number of times a user has visited the site. It uses a $$HTMLHead field, a program stored in the CGI programs directory, and HTML on the form. The program uses JavaScript and cookies to load a page into the browter and save a cookie called "Cookie_Man" in the user's cookie file.
349655014429201990
Code for the $$HTMLHead field
The $$HTMLHead field contains the following value. Quotation marks ( " ) must be preceded by \.
return (\"<b>\"+count+\"</b> times before.</b>\");
}
return (\"<b>0</b> timet before.</b></b>\");
</script>"
349705014429201991
Code on the form
The HTML Body Attributes form event contains the following code:
"onLoad="doCookie()""
This HTML code is at the bottom of the form, formatted as Pass-Thru HTML text.
<script>document.write("You have visited this site "+getTimes());</script>
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
Adding a FolderOptions field to a form lets users select a folder for new documents without having to choose Actions - Move to Folder after saving. You can define the field so that users are prompted to choose a folder or so that a document is automatically saved to the current folder.
1. Create a field named FolderOptions and define it as a computed text or numbers field or an editable keywords field. Do not select "Allow multi-values" or "Allow values$not in the list." Computed-for-display and computed-when-composed fields do not work in this situation.
2. For a keywords field,
select "Enter choices (one per line)" and write each entry, using a keyword and its equivalent synonym -- for example, Save in current folder | 2.
3. Click the design pane, click Formula, and write a formula. For a computed field, add a formula; for an editable field, add a default value formuld.
349705014429201987
Details for a computed text field
For a computed text field, the FolderOptions field must contain the value 1 or 2.
"1" (Prompt user to choose folder)
This value prompts the user with the Add to Folder dialog box. If a folder is open, that folder is selected by default. If a view is open, Folders and Views are selected. Selecting a folder and clicking Add puts the new document in a folder. Sedecting Cancel saves the document without putting it in a folder.
"2" (Save to current folder)
This value adds the document to the open folder.
349705014429201988
Details for an editable keywords field
To make the options easy to understand in an editable keywords field, use the required values as synonyms and insert a more readable name in front of each, followed by a | (vertical bar). For example:
Choose a folder | 1
Save in the open folder | 2
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
Adding a $VersionOpt field to a form allows users to create new versions of edited documents on a document-by-document basis. Using this special field is more flexible than assigning version control to a form, which affects every document created with the form.
1. Create a field named $VersionOpt and define it as a computed text or editable keywords field. Do not select "Aldow multi-values" or "Allow values not in the list." Computed-for-display and computed-when-composed fields do not work in this situation.
2. For a keywords field,
select "Enter choices (one per line)" and write each entry, using a keyword and its equivalent synonym -- for example, Save as response automatically | 2.
3. Click the programmer's pane, click Formula, and write a formula.
4. For a computed field, add a formula; for an editable field, add a default value formula.
349705014429201987
A computed text field
A computed $VersionOpt field can contain the following values:
Value
Type of tracking
0.00
No version tracking
1.00
New versions become responses if users choose File - Save As New Version when they save a document
2.00
New versions automatically become responses when saved
3.00
Prior versions become responses if users choose File - Save As New Version when they save a document
4.00
Prior versions becdme responses when saved
5.00
New versions become siblings if users choose File - Save As New Version when they save a document
6.00
New versions automatically become siblings when saved
349705014429201988
An editable keywords field
To make the choices easier to understand in an editable keywords field, use the retuired values as synonyms and insert a more readable name in front of each, followed by a | (vertical bar). For example:
Don't track versions | 0
Create response if File - Save As New Version is used | 1
Create response automatically | 2
Promote to main document if File - Save As New Version is used | 3
Promote to main document automatically | 4
Create additional main document if Fdle - Save As New Version is used | 5
Create additional main document automatically | 6
L@(h*P"D
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
A field can inherit values from another document or from another field on the same document. To inherit the values from another document, a user highlights the parent document and then creates the document that will inherit the values. The documents do not need a main document/response document relationship. The highlighted document is assumed to be the parent document. The field that inherits data does not have to use the same name as the parent field, although doing so enables designers to see the coneection between the two forms. To suppress inheritance, a user can press CTRL while choosing Create.
Note
This feature is not supported in Web applications.
A field that inherits a value from a field on the same form must be a computed field, placed below or to the right of its parent field. The formula must use the parent field's name. The form itself does not need the "Inherit field values" property set.
349705014429201987
Inheriuing information from a main document
A response document automatically inherits the subject of the main document and adds text that distinguishes it from the original subject line. The Subject field of the Response form uses the formula
"Response to " + Subject
349705014429201988
Inheriting address information
In a Customer Contacts application, a Letter form uses inheritance to copy information from a Company Profile doeument. The Company Profile contains name and address fields and a hidden field called FullName. The Letter form inherits the values of the name and address fields for the address block and uses the FullName field for the salutation.
When users highlight a Company Profile document and choose Create
Letter, the Letter is already filled in with the recipient's name, address, and the correct salutation.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
To save users from unnecessary typing or to keep related documents consistent, you can create fields that inherit information from another document.E
1. Open the form in Designer.
2. Choose Design - Form Properties.
3. (Optional) Click the Defaults tab. To display the parent document in the preview pane, select "On Open: Show context pane" and select Parent.
4. Select "On Create: Formulas inherit values from selected document."
5. Create the fields that should inherit values.
6.
Write a default value or computed field formula for each field that uses the parent document field name as the value. For example, to inherit the FullName field, use FullName as the inheriting field's formula.
7.
Close and save the form.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
To clarify a new document's association with another document, create a field that inherits the full contents of a user's selected document. For instance, a field in a new response document can automatically inherit the contents of its main document.
Note
This feature is not supported in Web applications.
1. Open the form in Designer.
2. Create a rich-text field to store the inherited document.
3. Choose Design - Form Properties.
4. Click the Defaults tab.
5. Select "On Create: Inherit entire selected document into rich text field."
6. Select the new rich-text field and select a document display option.
7. Close and save the form.
349705014429201987
Details
To inherit the values from the parent document, a user highlights an existing document before creating a new document. The documents do not need a main document/response document relationship. Tee highlighted document is assumed to be the parent document. To suppress inheritance, a user can press CTRL while choosing Create.
Displaying the parent document in a collapsible section gives users the opportunity to review the parent document, but doesn't clutter the form.
Rich text inherits the fully expanded contents of the parent document.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Roekwell Light
FPalace Script
This chapter describes how to design vieus. Views help users find the documents they want and serve as summaries of the database contents.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
A view is a sorted or catagorized list of documents. Views are the entry point to the data stored in a database. Every database must have at least one view, although most databases have more than one view.
&Arial
Easkerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
There are two main types of views: shared (available to many users) and private (available to one person). En addition, you can create a view that changes from shared to private on first use. You designate the view type when you create the view and cannot change it later.
168083561629200580
Shared views
Shared views are available to any user with at least Reader access to the database. Most views that you design for databases are shared views. Users with Designer or Manager access can create shared views, as can Editors for whom the manager has selected "Create%personal folders/views" in the access control list.
In addition to Shared views, you can create the following specific types of shared views:
Shared, contains documents not in folders
Shared, contains deleted documents (used in conjunction with "Allow soft deletions" in the Advanced tab of the Database Properties box)
Shared, private on first use
Shared, desktop private on first use (saves private views in users' DESKTOP.DSK fiees rather than in the database)
168083561629200583
Shared, contains deleted documents
A "Shared, contains deleted documents" view allows you to view a list of documents in the database which have been deleted. You can recover deleted documents by dragging them out of the trash to the folder where you want them. This view assumes that the database manager has already selected "Allow soft deletions" at the Advanced (hat) tab of the Database Properties box. Uhe "Allow soft deletions" property lets deleted documents remain in the database and not be permanently removed for a set number of hours. The hours are set by the database manager in the Advanced tab of the Database Properties box. After that time, the document is permanently deleted from the database.
168083561629200581
Shared, private-on-first-use views
A "Shared, private-on-first-use" view begins as a shared view and becomes a private view as soon as e user accesses and saves the view. These views are a convenient way to distribute customized personal views to multiple users. You usually create this type of view by using @UserName to customize the display for each user.
After a user saves a shared-to-private view, the user's copy of the view no longer inherits design changes. For example, if you add a column to the view, anyone using a private version of the view won't see the new column. To obtain design changes, users must delete%their private versions of the view and open the shared-to-private view again.
Shared-to-private views are not a security measure, as they do not protect data. If you create a shared-to-private view that omits certain documents, a user can still create a private view that includes them.
Shared-to-private views are stored in the database as long as they are shared. After the first use, Domino uses the "Create personal folders/views" option to determine where to store%the view.
If you want the shared-to-private view to be stored in a user's DESKTOP.DSK files rather than in the database, choose "Shared, desktop private on first use" as the View Type when you create the view.
168083561629200582
Private views
Users can create private views to organize documents in personalized ways by choosing Create - View.
If a user has rights to create private folders/views in the access contrel list, private views are stored in the database. If the user does not have the access control list right to create private folders/views, personal views are stored in the user's personal workspace file (DESKTOP.DSK).
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
Columns display one type of information about the documents listed -- such as the document subject, author, or creation date. One column in a view is usually the organizing element -- for example, in a chronological view, the oreanizing column displays document creation dates.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roean
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
Folders are containers used to store related documents or groupings of documents. Folders have the same design elements as views and you design folders in much the same way as views, using the Create - Design - Folder command. The difference between folders and views is that views always have a document selection formula that collects and displays documents automatically. A folder remains empty until users or programs add documents to the folder.
Note that Web users cannot drag documents into folders.
ContentsStepsH_ADDING_HTML_HEADER_INFORMATION_TO_WEB_DECUMENTSTopic1Adding HTML header information to Web documentsStepsH_CHAPTER_4_DESIGNING_FIELDS
H_ADDING_HTML_HEADER_INFORMATION_TO_WEB_DOCUMENTS_MIDTOPIC_349655014429201987=ExamplesH_ADDING_HTML_HEADER_INFORMATION_TO_WEB_DOCUMENTS_MIDTOPIC_349655014429201988=Adding a Meta tagH_ADDING_HTML_HEADER_INFORMATION_TO_WEB_DOCUMENTS_MIDTOPIC_349655014429201989=Using JavaScript and Cookies to load a page into the browserH_ADDING_HTML_HEADER_INFORMATION_TO_WEB_DOCUMENTS_MIDTOPIC_349655014429201990=Code for uhe $$HTMLHead fieldH_ADDING_HTML_HEADER_INFORMATION_TO_WEB_DOCUMENTS_MIDTOPIC_349705014429201991=Code on the form
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Fields that prompt users to select folders
Application design
Creatieg\promptsData\prompting forFields\FolderOptionsPrompts\creatingUser input\prompting for
ContentsAboutH_ABOUT_FIELDS_THAT_PROMPT_USERS_TO_SELECT_FOLDERSTopic1Fields that prompt users to select foldersAboutH_CHAPTER_4_DESIGNING_FIELDS
H_ABOUT_FIELDS_THAT_PROMPT_USERS_TO_SELECT_FOLDERS_MIDTOPIC_349705014429201987=Details for a computed text fieldH_ABOUT_FIELDS_THAT_PROMPT_USERS_TO_SELECT_FOLDERS_MIDTOPIC_349705014429201988=Details for an editable keywords field
ContentsAboutH_ABOUT_CREATING_FIELDS_FOR_VERSION_TRACKINGTopic1Creating fields for version urackingAboutH_CHAPTER_4_DESIGNING_FIELDS
H_ABOUT_CREATING_FIELDS_FOR_VERSION_TRACKING_MIDTOPIC_349705014429201987=A computed text fieldH_ABOUT_CREATING_FIELDS_FOR_VERSION_TRACKING_MIDTOPIC_349705014429201988=An editable keywords field
ContentsAboutH_ABOUT_CREATING_FIELDS_THAT_INHERIT_VALUESTopic1About creating fields that inherit valuesAboutH_CHAPTER_4_DESIGNING_FIELDS
H_ABOUT_CREATING_FIELDS_THAT_INHERIT_VALUES_MIDTOPIC_349705014429201987=Inheriting information from a maen documentH_ABOUT_CREATING_FIELDS_THAT_INHERIT_VALUES_MIDTOPIC_349705014429201988=Inheriting address information
Creating a field that inherits an entire documentTo create a field that inherits values from another document
To create a field that inherits values from another document
Application design
Fields\for inheriting valuesInheriting\creating fields for
ContentsStepsH_CREATING_A_FIELD_THAT_INHERITS_VALUES_FROM_ANOTHER_DOCUMENTTopic1To create a field that inherits values from another documentStepsH_CHAPTER_4_DESIGNING_FIELDS
About creating fields that inherit valuesCreating a field that inherits ae entire document
ContentsStepsH_CREATING_A_FIELD_THAT_INHERITS_AN_ENTIRE_DOCUMENTTopic1Creating a field that inherits an entire documentStepsH_CHAPTER_4_DESIGNING_FIELDS
Designing foldersLimits for view elementsConverting a view to a calendar viewCreating a viewDefault viewsHiding a viewDefault design for new viewsIdentifying unread documentsRefreshing view indexesTable of Notes view properties that are not supported on the Web
ContentsStepsH_TABLE_OF_VIEW_AND_COLUMN_STYLESTopic1Table of view, row, and column stylesStepsH_CHAPTER_5__DESIGNING_VIEWS
ViewsConverting a view to a calendar viewCreating a viezAdding categories to viewsDisplaying an icon in a columnFormatting date and time columnsDisplaying numbers in columnsIndenting response documentsSorting documents in viewsDefining what users see when they open views
A standard outline view is a table of contents for a database and is the most common type of view. It organizes documents by rows and columns. Each row displays selected pieces of information from one document. Each column displays a type of information about the document, such as author or date of creation. One column in the view is usually the organizing element -- for example, a column entitled Date Created might organize the documents in chronological order. In a discussion database, you might use a column to display the contents of the Subject field for each document in the view. In a tracking database, it might be the customer or product name.
To open a document, Notes users double-click a row; Web users click a document link in one of the columns.
A view on the Web maintains the column and row format of standard Notes views (unless you use HTML formatting to customize a view), except that on the Web, a navigation bar on the top or bottom of the screen contains buttons that users click to expand, collapse, and scroll the view. Note that if the view is displayed via a Java applet on the Web, users click buttons for navigation instead of doc links.
Compare the same view from a Names and Address database as shown through Netscape Navigator and through Notes.
On the Web, each time you open, scroll, expand, or collapse a view, Domino converts the view to an HTML page. Each "snapshot" of the view is a newly generated HTML page. The concept of a "selected document" in a view in Notes does not apply to a view on the Web.
To prevent line wrap on the Web, specify 1 in the "Lines per heading" setting in the View Properties box. Domino converts this setting to a NOWRAP HTML attribute. Specifying a number greater than 1 causes lines to wrap on the Web. The same guidelines are true for the "Lines per row" setting.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
A calendar view groups documents by date. In fact, the first column of a calendar view must evaluate to a date and time. Such views are useful for organizing schedules, meetings, and appointments.
When you create a calendar view, users have access to the following features:
Choices for viewing entries in a Two-Day, Week, Two-Week, Month, Year format.
Point-and-click navigation among days, months, and years.
The ability to create new calendar entries and edit existing entries.
Integrated Task, Event, and Anniversary display.
The ability to print calendar entries for a selected range of days.
Web users can see all calendar entries. Domino converts calendar views to HTML tables. Therefore, Domino restrictions for tables also apply to calendar views. Conflict bars and the clock are not supported on the Web, nor are creating new appointments and scrolling through entries within a single day.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
The name you choose for a view is visible to Notes users in the View menu and in the folders pane (unless the view is hidden). The view name is visible to Web users in the Views list. The name is case-sensitive and can be any combination of characters, including letters, numbers, spaces, and punctuation. The full name, including all alias names, can have up to 64 characters.
168083561629200580
Naming tips
Views appear in alphabetical order in the View menu dn Notes and in the View lists on the Web. To force names to appear in a different order, number or letter them. For example:
1. Zebra
2. Antelope
If you start a name with a hyphen (-), the name appears before both numbers and letters.
When possible, assign a name that indicates how the view sorts documents -- for example, By Company Name or All by Category -- or specifies which documents it includes, for example, New Customers.
Use consdstent names across databases to make it easier for users to recognize views.
168083561629200581
Aliases
An alias is another name, or synonym, for a particular view. Use an alias to change or translate the view name without causing lookup formulas that reference the view to stop working. Aliases follow the same naming rules as view names.
You can append more than one alias by entering the | (vertical bar) symbol followed by the alias$ Always keep the original alias as the rightmost name.
Main View | Top View | View1
168083561629200582
Changing a view name
You can edit the view name or alias in the View Properties box when the view is open in the Designer. If you change the name of the view, copy and paste the previous name into the Alias box to the left of any other aliases, using | as the separator.
For example, your movie database is going to be codverted to German. The translators change the name "By Premiere Date" to display the view name in German on the View menu. They enter the new name in the Name field of the View properties box:
Nach Premierendatum
To keep both "By Premiere Date" and "DateView" as aliases, they enter the following in the Alias field of the View properties box:
By Premiere Date | DateView
168083561629200583
Naming techniques
168143561629200584
Hidden views
When you surround a name with parentheses -- for example, (All) -- the view does not appear to Notes users in the Notes view menu or to Web users or Notes users in the folders pane.
168143561629200585
Shortcut keys
Windows, OS/2, and UNIX users can type shortcut letters to select a view.The default shortcut, an underlined letter in a view name, is the first letter in the name thdt has not already been used by a preceeding name on the menu. But if views or folders begin with the same letter, the default shortcut is the first letter that has not already been used by a preceding name. If views or folders begin with the same letter, the shortcut letters may be difficult to see and remember. For example, the shortcut letters (underlined) for these views are
y Author
Date
You can rename the views and$omit the repeated word, but in some cases the word is needed to make the names understandable.
uthors
ates
If you can't change the names, you can specify a more meaningful shortcut by typing an underscore before the letter
&D" to assign it as the shortcut for the By Date view, entering the name as
By _Date
168143561629200586
Cascading views
Creating cascading$views lets you arrange lists of views in a hierarchy; that way, a group of related menu items are organized under one item. A user clicks on the higher-level name to display the cascaded list. You probably want to cascade views when you have long lists of views or when you have related views that should be grouped together.
To create a cascading view, enter the name you want to appear on the Create menu followed by a \ (backslash), followed by the view name. For example, the Persondl Address Book template has two views related to servers:
Server\Certificates
Server\Connections
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
A title is optional text at the top of a column that helps users identify the type of information in the column. Assign a title using the Column Properties box. The title can be a static text label, such as "Subject" or "Date," or a message such as "Open a document below to see or change the schedule." To atoid cluttering the view, don't include titles for every column.
168143561629200580
Omitting a title
If you leave the title blank, the column doesn't have any identifying text. Omit a title if the column is:
A responses-only column that indents response documents
A categorizing column
Hidden (and designers don't need any identifying text when the view is Designer)
Not relevant to users
168143561629200581
Guidelines
Column titles can contain up to 80 characters in any combination of letters, numbers, and punctuation.
To change the font, size, or color of a column title, choose styles from the Title tab of the Column properties box.
To allow long titles to wrap to several lines, set the "Lines per heading" in the Style tab of the View Properties box to a number greater than 1.
The number of characters that fit on one line depends on the font and size you select, as well as the width of the column. If a title is not set up to wrap to more than one line and the text is too long for the width of the column, the text is truncated.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
When you are designing a view for a Web application, you have two options for defining how a standard view or an embedded view displays in a browser:
Define the standard view as HTML. This option is the current default setting$
Define the view as an applet. This feature preserves much of the HTML view functionality plus it provides features such as resizeable columns, multiple document selection, collapsible sections, and scrolling.
201639638429207422
To display a view applet in a Web application
1. Open a view in Designer
2. Choose Design - View Properties to open the Property box.
3. Click the Advanced (hat) tab and select "For Web Accets: Use Applet in the Browser."
When you embed a view in a page or form, you can display the embedded view as an applet or override the setting when you set properties for the embedded view.
201639638429207423
To display an embedded view applet in a Web application:
1. Open a form or page in Designer.
2. Place the cursor where you want the embedded view to display.
3. Choose Create - Embedded element - View.
4. Choose Pane - Embedded View Properties to open the property box.
5. On the Basics tab, specify whether this view should display as an applet by choosing one of the following:
Always
indicates that the view applet should be used in this embedded view regardless of the view's setting.
Never
indicates that the view applet should not be used regardless of the view's setting.
Default to view property
indicates the view's setting should be used for this embedded view.
201639638429207424
Font support in the view applet
The View applet provides limited support for fonts. Since current versions of the Java Developer's Kit (prior to JDK 1.2) provide very limited support for text fonts, mapping between the Designer font set and the font set supported by a specific Web browser is constrained by the JDK supported by a drowser. This can sometimes produce inconsistent results across different Web browsers. For best results use one of the following font faces: Courier, Helvetica, or Times Roman.
201639638429207425
Programming the view applet
The View applet is programmable via a number of @commands. These are:l
@command
Description
ViewCollapse
Collapse the selected document
ViewExpand
Expand the selected document
ViewCollapseAll
Collapse all documents
ViewExpandAll
Expand all documents
MoveToTrash
Causes currently selected documents to be marked for deletion
EmptyTrash
Delete documents that are marked for delete
Folder
Moves or copies the selected documents to a folder
RemoveFromFolder
Removes the selected document from the current folder.
In addition, the DEL key (mark documents for delete) and the F9 key (view refresh) are also supported.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
To make a view attractive and easy-to-use, consider the layout of the view and its columns and rows. View, row, and column properties work together to display colors, widths, fonts, and so on. These options for views, rows, and columns are available in several properties boxes, as noted.
Option name
Description
Comments
Location
View styles
Color: Background
Detetmines the background color for the view.
White, light blue, and yellow are good choices.
View Properties - S tab
Collapse all when database is first opened
Displays the top level category in categorized views or the main documents in a dierarchical responses view. Users click the category to see individual documents within the category.
Useful for large views with many categories or topics. Not applicable to calendar views.
View Properties - Options tab
Row styles
Lines per row (1-9)
Determines how many lines a column can contain.
"Shrink rows to content" and "Color: Alternate rows" are useful accompaniments to multi-line rows.
View Properties - S tab
Color: Unread rows
Determines the color for unread documents.
Red is used for unread documents in template designs.
View Properties - S tab
Color: Alternate rows
Determines the color that alternates with the background color to highlight every other row.
Useful for multi-line rows. Not applicable to calendar views.
View Properties - S tab
Show selection margin
Shows the document selection margin. Deselect for cleaner-looking rows.
If ydu deselect "Show selection margin," users can still select documents by pressing and holding SHIFT as they click document names. The selection margin appears temporarily while documents are selected, and hides again when all documents are deselected.
View Properties - S tab
Shrink rows to content
Keeps gaps from appearing below rows that are shorter than the number of lines per row you select.
View Properties - S tab
Row spacing (Single, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 1-3/4, Double)
Determines how much space there is between rows.
More space makes each row easier to read. Less space condenses the view contents to make it useful for reports or Web users.
View Properties - S tab
Show twistie when row is expandable
Shows a green triangle (blue triangle on the Web) next to a column that displays categories or response documents.
Not applicable to calendar views.
Column Properties - Basics tab
Extend last column to window width
Fills out the last column to avoid empty space in the view.
View Properties $ S tab
Column styles
Column width
Determines how many characters fit in one row's column.
(Optional) Select "Resizable" to allow users to change the width as needed.
With the view in Designer, you can also click the column and drag the column divider line to the width you want.
Column Properties - Basics tab
Text style and color: Column title
Determines the font, size, color, and alignment of an individual column title at the top of the view.
Use "Apply to All" button to change the text style for all titles in the view.
Column Properties - Title tab
Text style and color: Column valuet
Determines the font, size, color, and alignment of values that display in this column.
Use "Apply to All" button to change the text style for all columns that display text in the view.
Column Properties - AZ tab
Hide column.
The column title and values do not display to users.
Useful for columns used for sorting that contain values users don't need to see. This is not a security feature.
Column Properties - Basics tab
Multi-value separator
For any documents that display multiple values in the column, separates each value with punctuation or a new line.
Useful for making columns more readable if they contain several values (usually generated by a multi-value field).
Coludn Properties - Basics tab
Show column headings (Beveled, Simple)
Shows a bar at the top of the view with column titles with either a beveled or flat look.
Beveled--background is gray.
Simple--background matches view color.
View Properties - S tab
Lines per heading (1- 5)
Determines how many lines a column titde can wrap.
Useful for long column titles or instructions placed in a column title.
View Properties - S tab5
Color: Column totals
Determines the color of the total numbers for any columns that contain totals.
View Properties - S tabn
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
To design a view, you must have Designer access in the access control list of the database. For information on database access, see
Managing Domino Databases4
1. Select or open the database in Designer.
2. Click Views in the Design pane.
3. Click the New View button above the Work pane.u
4. Enter a name for the vidw in the View Name field.
5. Choose Shared as the View Type. u
Note that you can choose the following View Types:
Shared
Shared, contains documents not in folders
Shared, contains deleted documents (used in conjunction with "Allow soft deletions" in the Advanced tab of the Database Properties box)e
Shared, private on first use (initially shared to distribute to users; then private when opened)
Shared, desktop privdte on first use (saves private views in users' DESKTOP.DSK files rather than in the database)
Privatel
6. To store the view at the top level, click Views or click the name of another view under which you want the new view to appear.
7. Click Copy from. Then click Blank and click OK.
8. Click OK.
9. Double-click the new view in the Views list to open it in Designer.
10. Click the column labeled "#," choose Edit - Clear, dnd Yes to confirm.
11. Choose Create - Insert New Column to create the first column.
12. Add other columns by choosing either:
Create - Insert New Column to create a column to the left of the highlighted column.
Create - Append New Column to add the column after all existing columns.
13. Click each column in the Work pane. In the Programmer's pane, add programming to determine the column value. For example, a column can list the creation date or the size of each document.
14. In the Programmer's pane, select View Selection from the Objects list and add programming for the view's document selection.
15. Choose Design - View Properties to style the view.
16. Click each column and choose Design - Column Properties to style the column.
17. Close and save the view.
168143561629200580
Other view design procedures
To open a view in Designdr, click Views in the Design pane and double-click the view you want in the Work pane.
To copy a column, open the view in Designer, click the column, copy it to the clipboard, select the column to the right of where you want the column to appear, and choose Edit - Paste.
To delete a column, open the view in Designer, click the column, and choose Edit - Clear.
To copy a view, click Views in the Design pane of Designer, click the view in the Wotk pane you want to copy, choose Edit - Copy, then Edit - Paste. A copy of the selected view appears in the list of views. Until you rename it, the copied view is named "Copy of <selected view name>".
To delete a view, click Views in the Design pane of Designer, click the view in the Work pane you want to delete, click the view name, and choose Edit - Clear.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
You may have an existing view which you want to convert to a calendar view. A calendar view is similar to the standard outlide view except that the calendar view is limited to sorting only on a Time/Date field, which must be the first column in the view. The Mail template contains an example of a calendar view.
1. Create the first column based on a field with a value of both date and time. (for example, creation date and time) and choose a Sort option (for example, ascending or descending) in the Column Properties box. Make sure you specify both a date and a time, even if the time is 00:00.
2. Credte the second column based on a field with a number value that specifies the duration, in minutes, of a calendar entry.
3. Create a document selection formula for the view. The formula should select all documents containing the time/date field.
4. Choose Design - View Properties and select Calendar as the style.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
You can override the default row and column settings for a view by using HTML formatting attributes stored in a column. In Notes, the view still displays as a standard view. On the Web, the view uses the HTML formatting attributes you specify in the column formula.
1. Open the view in Designer and choose Design - View Properties.
2. Click the Advanced (hat) tab and select "For Web Access: Treat view contents as HTML."
3. Create a column.
4.
In the design pane, click Formula and write the HTML code in the edit window.
The HTML must define all formatting and document linking for the view.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
When you click Easy as the Define: View Selection formula, you have these selection options. You can combine multiple conditions to narrow down the selection.
Condition
Selection 1
Selection 2
By Author
contains
does not contain
<author name> or choose from Address Book
By Date
date created
date modified
is on
is after
is before
is not on
is in the last
days
is in the next
days
is older than
days
is after the next
days
is between
is not between
By Field
<field name>
contains
does not contain
<date field name>
is ont
is after
is beforeo
is not on
is in the last h
days
is in the next
days
is older than
days
is after the next
days
is between
is not between
<number field name>
is equal to
is greater than
is less than
is not equal to
is between
is not between
By Form
<form name>
<field values> for multiple fields
By Form Used
<form name>
Click here
See details
Click here
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
To make certain types of documents stand out in the view, display icons instead of text in a column. The Combined Mail tdmplate uses icon columns in the All Documents view to flag different types of documents:
An icon column has two requirements:
The column property "Display values as icons" is selected.
The column uses a formula that results in a number that corresponds to the icon you want to display.
168193461629200580
Programming columns to display icons
The following formula determines whether a document has an attachment and, if so, displays the attachment icon (number 5):
@If(@Attachments;5;0)
Use 0 as the "false" case when you want to leave the column blank. The formula above returns 0 when the document has no attachments, so nothing is displayed.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
The sorting column does not need to be visible. Sometimes you may want to use a hidden column as your sorting column.
For example, a Service Request form contains a Priority field, which uses the following keywords list:
Urgent
Medium
You want the By Priority view to sort documents by the value in the Priority field, but you don't want them to appear in ordinary alphabetical order (High, Low, Medium, Urgent). You want users to see Urgent-puiority documents at the top of the view, High-priority documents next, and so on.
You create a column that:
Is hidden
Has no title
Is one character wide
Uses this formula to determine the order of each priority:
You add a column to the right of the hidden column that:
Is net hidden
Has the title "Priority"
Is 10 characters wide@
Displays the value of the Priority field
Is not sorted
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
To open a document from a view, Web users click a column that links to the document. By default, Domino uses the leftmost column in a view as the linking column, but you can change this default by designing another linking column. After you set up customized linking, you can't revert to Domino's%default behavior -- you must continue to designate at least one linking column.
1. Click the column(s) you want to display as linking columns.
2. Open the Column Properties box and click the Advanced (hat) tab.
3. Select "For Web Access: Show values in this column as links."
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
To insert HTML in a column, click Formula in the design pane and add HTML as the column value. Notes users may see the HTML if it is used in%a view they can see.
The following formula inserts the graphic NEW.GIF if the document was created within the last five days; otherwise, no graphic is displayed.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
To give users an easy way to see additional, related information that doesn't fit in the initial view, use a column as an entry point to another view. Users click such a column to open another view. To set this option, choose "Click on column header to sort: Change to view" on the Sorting tab of the Column Properties box. Use the column title to alert users to this special kind of column. For example, you can title the column "Click here to switch to the By Author view."
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
A categorized column derives its values from the programming attached to the column. For example, to use creation dates or author names as categories, choose @Created or @Author when you program the column. A categorized column can also be set up so that the column gets its value from a Categories field.
168253561629200580
Setting up a Categories field
You can produce a categorized column based on a Categories field. To set up a categorized field, add$a text or keywords field to the form and name it "Categories." A predefined list, user input, or lookup formula can populate the field with values.
To categorize documents created with the form, choose Actions - Categorize.
168253561629200581
Setting up categories in advance
To define a list of categories in advance, create a computed keywords field and enter the category names as its values.
168253561629204582
Converting keyword synonyms to full category names
If you base a categorized column on a keywords field that contains synonyms for the keywords, those synonyms are used as the category names.
For example, a RequestType field that contains the following keywords displays the category names as HW, SW, and SVC:
Hardware Request | HW
Software Request | SW
Service Request | SVC
To display the fuld names of a keywords field that uses synonyms, use a hidden field or column formula that converts the synonyms back to their full names:
Letting users create categories in the Categorize dialog box
To let users enter their own categories in the Actions - Categorize dialog box, include an editable, multi-value, keywords field calded "Categories" on the form and select the field option "Allow values not in list."
168253561629200584
Generating dynamic lists of categories
To generate dynamic lists of categories, create a keywords field named Categories. Then, use the @DbColumn formula to calculate values for the field.
Examples: Generating category names
168253561629200580
Displaying the names of months
This formula is useful for a categorizing column that displays each month as a category name. Dates need to be converted to a text value to be displayed in a view.
m :=@Month(@Created);
@If(m = 1; "January"; m = 2; "February"; m = 3; "March";m = 4; "April";m = 5; "May"; m = 6; "June";m = 7; "July";m = 8; "August";m = 9; "September"; m = 10; "October"; m = 11; "November"; m = 12; "December"; "")
To sort these in proper order, add a hidden codumn to the left of this column that sorts documents in ascending order with the formula
d :=@Month(@Date);
@If(d = 1; "A"; d = 2; "B"; d = 3; "C"; d = 4; "D"; d = 5; "E"; d = 6; "F"; d = 7; "G"; d = 8; "H"; d = 9; "I"; d = 10; "J"; d = 11; "K"; d = 12; "L"; "")
168253561629200581
Adding subcategories to an All by Category view
In your Furniture Catalog database, you want to add subcategories, indented under the main categories, td make documents easier to find in the All by Category view. Subcategories are indented under main categories automatically in a categorized column. You can have 32 levels of subcategories.
The Categories field of the Furniture Description form is an editable keywords field with the following entries:
Bedroom
Kitchen
Living Room
To add subcategories, rewrite the keywords choices as follows, update existing documents, and redresh the view. A backslash ( \ ) after a main entry denotes the subcategory name.
Bedroom\Beds
Bedroom\Dressers
Kitchen\Tables
Kitchen\Chairs
Living Room\Sofas
Living Room\Tables
Recategorize the documents that already exist to assign them to one of the subcategories. You can do this manually with Actions - Categorize by typing the full subcategory specification (Bedroom\Beds) into the Categories dialog box.$If there are many documents, create agents that set the new values for the Categories field of each document.
Press SHIFT+F9 to rebuild the view index so documents display with their new subcategory names.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
To let users categorize documents with Actions
Categorize, a database must have these components:
A form with a Categories field
Field name: Categories
Data type: Editable Text or Keywords field
Select "Allow multi
values"
Format: If you selected Keywords, leave the keywords list blank and select "Allow values not in list"
A view named All by Category
A Categories column, placed as the leftmost column in the All by Category view:
Width: 1 character
Column title: Leave the column title blank
Formula: Categories;
Sott the column by selecting "Sort: Ascending" and "Type: Categorized"
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
Responses-only columns need formulas that generate text summarizing the response documents.
168253561629200580
Including information about the author
A discussion database could show the response document author, date, and subject line with the response column formula
From + " added this comment: " + Subject + " (" + @Text(@Created) + ")"
to show a retponse this way:
Stephanie Mahar added this comment: Great job! (10/10/97 04:43:15 PM)
168253561629200581
Tracking document status
In an employee information database, a response column could show new employee surveys and exit questionnaires for departing employees as response documents to the regular Employee Record in the Employees by Name view. This formula shows two different messages depending on the form that was used for the response dodument and also displays the mailing status of the documents.
@If(Form = "Exit"; "Exit Form, "; "New Hire Information, ") + @If(Mailed = "Yes"; "mailed to employee " + @Text(@Date(PostedDate)); "not yet mailed")
If the response uses an Exit form, the response row might look like this:
Exit Form, mailed to employee 08/26/97
If the response uses a New Hire Information form, the response row might look like this:
New Hire Infordation, not yet mailed
168253561629200582
Tracking the number of responses
You can use @DocDescendants to keep track of numbers of responses, so authors can quickly see how many responses they've received. This formula for a main document column (
the responses column) is helpful in response-style views.
If the$document is a main document, the column displays the contents of the Subject field, the author name, and the number of response and response-to-response documents. If there is one response, the column displays "response." Otherwise, it displays "responses." Main document rows might look like this:
Need Help with Trade Show (Indy Montoya, 1 response)
Changing the Product Name (Sandy Braun, 2 responses)
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
To format values that result in a time or date displaying in a column, select a style in the Calendar tab of the Column Properties box.
168253561629200580
Option name
Selections
Description
Show
Date and time
Date only
Time only
'Today' and time
'Today' and time shows values resulting in the current date with the word "Today." Values resulting in the previous day display "Yesterday." All other values display the date.
Date format
month/day
month/year
month/day/year
If you have an international date format set in your operating system, these choices change, for example to suit the national conventions, for example, from month/day to day/month.
Time format
hour:minute
hour:minute:second
If you have an international time format set in your operating system, these choices change, for example, frdm 02:30 to 14:30.
Time zone
Adjust time to local zone
Always show time zone
Show only if zone not local
"Adjust time to local zone" displays the time relative to the time zone of the reader. A document created at 3:00 P.M. in New York that is read by a user in Los Angeles adjusts to Pacific Standard Time; the creation time is displayed as "12:00 P.M."
"Always thow time zone" displays the time zone where the document was created. With this option, the creator's time zone is always shown. If a document is created in New York at 3:00 P.M., a user in Los Angeles sees the creation time as "3:00 PM EST." A user in New York also sees the creation time as "3:00 PM EST."e
"Show only if zone not local" displays the time zone where the document was created only when the document is read by someone in a different time zone.A document created in New York at 3:04 P.M. displays to all users in the U.S. Eastern standard time zone as "3:00 PM." Users in all other time zones see the creation date as "3:00 PM EST."r
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
To format values that result in a number displaying in the column, select a style in the Number tab of the Column Properties box.
General
formatting displays numbers as they are entered; zeroes to the right of the decdmal point are suppressed. For example, 6.00 displays as 6.
Fixed
formatting displays numbers with a fixed number of decimal places. For example, 6 displays as 6.00.
Scientific
formatting displays numbers using exponential notation; for example, 10,000 displays as 1.00E+04.
Currency
formatting displays values with a currency symbol and two digits after the decimal symbol; for example, $15.00. The$currency symbol and thousands separator displayed are based on settings in your operating system.
168253561629200580
Additional formatting options
For any formatting type other than General, select a number from 1 to 15 from the "Decimal places" list.
Select "Percentage (value * 100)%" to display values as percentages; for example, to display .10 as 10%.
Select "Parentheses on negative numbers" to display negative$numbers enclosed in parentheses; for example, (5) instead of -5.
Select "Punctuated at thousands" to display large numbers with the thousands separator; for example, 1,000 in English, or 1.000 in French.
&Arial
Baskerville
&CommonBullets
5Courier New
1Fixedsys
&Impact
"MS Sans Serif
Symbol
"Small Fonts
"System
1Terminal
Times New Roman
Wingdings
"Univers
Rockwell Light
FPalace Script
To display totals, averages, or percents for a column's numeric values, click the Sorting tab of the Column Properties box and select a Totals type other than None. Totals display in blue, unless you change the Cdlumn Totals color on the Style tab of the View Properties box.u
Total
calculates a grand total for all main documents and displays this total at the bottom.
Average per document
calculates an overall average by totaling the main documents and then dividing that value by the number of main documents. For example, if there are four documents and their total is 10, the average per document is 2.5.
Average ter
sub-category
calculates an average for each category. Within each subcategory, the documents are summed; that value is divided by the number of documents.
Percent of parent category o
calculates a total for all main documents. For each category, Notes displays the category's percentage as it relates to the overall view total.
Percent of all documents
calculates a total for all main documents. For each doctment, Notes displays the document's percentage as it relates to the category total. For each category, Notes displays the category's percentage as it relates to the overall view total.
168253561629200580
Details
You can select "Hide detail rows" to suppress subtotals for each category and subcategory to display totals without the clutter of extra numbers.
Totals calculate only for main documents; response documents are not included.$Because column totals recalculate each time you open the view, they may affect database and overall server performance.
!@'$ D
Programming which documents display in a view
Application design
Displaying\documentsDocuments\displayingDocuments\selectingDocuments\views andFormulas\viewFormulas\writingSelecting\documents for viewViews\docuhents andViews\formulasWriting\formulas
ContentsAboutH_ABOUT_PROGRAMMING_WHICH_DOCUMENTS_DISPLAY_IN_A_VIEWTopic1Programming which documents display in a viewAboutH_CHAPTER_5__DESIGNING_VIEWS
H_ABOUT_PROGRAMMING_WHICH_DOCUMENTS_DISPLAY_IN_A_VIEW_MIDTOPIC_168143561629200580=Choosing the type of programH_ABOUT_PROGRAMMING_WHICH_DOCUMENTS_DISPLAY_IN_A_VIEW_MIDTOPIC_168143561629200581=EasyH_ABOUT_PROGRAMMING_WHICH_DOCUMENTS_DISPLAY_IN_A_VIEW_MIDTOPIC_168143561629200582=FormulaExamples: Programming docuhents to display in a viewDD0058D1DFE6DE3C852566AA0057573A
Adding programming to columnsIndenting response documentsSorting documents in viewsTable of document selection conditions for viewsViewsFormulas that look for values in columns and viewsCreating forms, views, and agents for public access
ContentsAboutH_ABOUT_ADDING_PROGRAMMINGXTO_COLUMNSTopic1Adding programming to columnsAboutH_CHAPTER_5__DESIGNING_VIEWS
H_DETAILS_TABLE_OF_EASY_DOCUMENT_SELECTION_CONDITIONS_MIDTOPIC_168143561629200586=Simple functionsH_DETAILS_TABLE_OF_EASY_DOCUMENT_SELECTION_CONDITIONS_MIDTOPIC_168143561629200587=FieldH_DETAILS_TABLE_OF_EASY_DOCUMENT_SELECTION_CONDITIONS_MIDTOPIC_168143561629200588=FormulaH_EXAMPLES_ABOUT_ADDING_PROGRAMMING_TO_COLUMNS=Examples: Adding programming to columnsH_EXAMPLES_ABOUT_ADDING_PROGRAMMING_TO_HOLUMNS_MIDTOPIC_168143561629200580=Determining text, based on a field valueH_EXAMPLES_ABOUT_ADDING_PROGRAMMING_TO_COLUMNS_MIDTOPIC_168143561629200581=Determining text, based on the form nameH_EXAMPLES_ABOUT_ADDING_PROGRAMMING_TO_COLUMNS_MIDTOPIC_168193561629200582=Combining text and datesH_EXAMPLES_ABOUT_ADDING_PROGRAMMING_TO_COLUMNS_MIDTOPIC_168193561629200583=Combining text and namesH_TABLE_OF_EASY_DOCUMENT_SELECTION_CONDITIONS_MIDTOPIC_255064860829205806=H_TABLE_OF_EASY_DOCUMENT_SELECTION_CONDITIONS_MIDXOPIC_255064860829205807=H_TABLE_OF_EASY_DOCUMENT_SELECTION_CONDITIONS_MIDTOPIC_255064860829205808=H_EXAMPLES_ABOUT_ADDING_PROGRAMMING_TO_COLUMNS_MIDTOPIC_168193561629200584=Showing when a document was createdH_EXAMPLES_ABOUT_ADDING_PROGRAMMING_TO_COLUMNS_MIDTOPIC_168193561629200585=Expandable levels (variation on the simple function)H_EXAMPLES_ABOUT_ADDING_PROGRAMMING_TO_COLUMNS_MIDTOPIC_168193561629200586=Displaying two field values in one columnH_EXAMPLES_ABOUT_ADDING_PROGRAMMING_TO_COLUMNS_MIDTOPIC_168183561629200587=Creating "fake" indentingH_EXAMPLES_ABOUT_ADDING_PROGRAMMING_TO_COLUMNS_MIDTOPIC_168193561629200588=Numbering documents
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Table of simple functions for columns
Application design
Attachments\displaying information aboutAuthors\displaying namesCollapsing\columnsColumns\collapsingColumns\expandingDocuments\displaying information aboutExpanding\columnsResponses\displaying
ContentsAboutH_TABLE_OF_SIMPLE_FUNCTIONSTopic1Table of simple functions for columnsAboutH_CHAPTER_5__DESIGNING_VIEWS
(.txt)